Garmin 0163700 Spread Spectrum Digital Transmission 2402-2480 MHz User Manual

Garmin International Inc Spread Spectrum Digital Transmission 2402-2480 MHz

User Manual 2

Download:
Mirror Download [FCC.gov]
Document ID	2814669
Application ID	XzN4SFPdI0lSwBz4RCXubw==
Document Description	User Manual 2
Short Term Confidential	No
Permanent Confidential	No
Supercede	No
Document Type	User Manual
Display Format	Adobe Acrobat PDF - pdf
Filesize	379.05kB (4738067 bits)
Date Submitted	2015-11-17 00:00:00
Date Available	2016-01-01 00:00:00
Creation Date	2015-11-12 13:57:11
Producing Software	Acrobat Distiller 8.1.0 (Windows)
Document Lastmod	2015-11-12 13:57:23
Document Title	untitled
Document Creator	Adobe InDesign CS6 (Windows)

Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
8.4
VOR
The VOR page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety of detailed
information about the VOR. The top left area of the page displays the VOR
identiﬁer, name, city and state, and region. The top center area shows the
lat/lon coordinates of the VOR and the bearing (with direction arrow) and distance
to the VOR from your present position. The top right area shows the frequency
in a key. Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identiﬁer key,
entering the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad, and
then touching the Enter key. You may also search through the list by touching
the Find key and then choosing from the existing list of waypoints by touching
the desired waypoint from the list.
The center area of the page shows a map with the VOR in the center.
1. While viewing the Waypoint Info page, touch the VOR key.
Charts
Distance & Bearing To VOR VOR Frequency - Touch To
Insert Into Nav Standby
From Current Position
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
VOR Identiﬁer,
Symbol, & Name
VOR Location
& Region
VOR Class
Nearest
Nearest Airport
Information
Magnetic
Variation
VOR Area Map
Terrain
Weather
VOR Lat/Lon
VOR Symbol
& Identiﬁer
Touch & Move
Finger While
Pressing To Pan Map
Map Scale
Services/
Music
Touch To Zoom
Figure 8-16 Waypoint Info - VORs
Utilities
2. Use the In and Out keys to zoom in and out on the map. You
may touch the map window and while lightly pressing the
display, drag your ﬁnger to move the map view.
System
Messages
3. Touch the Frequency key next to load it as the Nav standby
frequency.
Symbols
Appendix
Index
8-12
190-01007-03-Final.indb 12
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:27 PM
8.5
NDB
Foreword
The NDB page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety of detailed
information about the NDB. The top left area of the page displays the NDB
identiﬁer, name, city and state, and region. The top center area shows the
lat/lon coordinates of the NDB and the bearing (with direction arrow) and
distance to the NDB from your present position. The top right area shows the
frequency in a key.
Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identiﬁer key, entering
the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad, and then
touching the Enter key. You may also search through the list by touching the
Find key and then choosing from the existing list of waypoints by touching the
desired waypoint from the list.
The center area of the page shows a map with the NDB in the center.
1. While viewing the Waypoint Info page, touch the NDB key.
Distance & Bearing To NDB
From Current Position
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
NDB Frequency
Map
NDB Identiﬁer,
Symbol, & Name
NDB Location
& Region
Marker
Description
NDB Lat/Lon
Nearest Airport
Information
Trafﬁc
Terrain
NDB Symbol
& Identiﬁer
NDB Area Map
Weather
Nearest
Touch & Move
Finger While
Pressing To Pan Map
Services/
Music
Map Scale
Touch To Zoom
Figure 8-17 Waypoint Info for NDBs
Utilities
System
2. Use the In and Out keys to zoom in and out on the map. You
may touch the map window and while lightly pressing the
display, drag your ﬁnger to move the map view.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 13
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
8-13
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:27 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
8.6
User Waypoints (User)
In addition to the airport, VOR, NDB and intersection information contained
in your Jeppesen NavData® card, the GTN 7XX allows you to store up to 1,000
user-deﬁned waypoints. The User Waypoint Page displays the waypoint name
(up to six characters long), identiﬁer and radial from two reference waypoints,
distance from one reference waypoint, along with the user waypoint’s lat/lon
position.
The following descriptions and abbreviations appear on the User Waypoint
Page:
• Ref Wpt — Reference waypoint identiﬁer (name)
• Radial — Radial from reference waypoint, in degrees magnetic or degrees
true (depending upon unit conﬁguration)
• Distance — Distance from reference waypoint, in nautical miles/statute
miles/kilometers (depending upon unit conﬁguration)
• Lat/Lon — Latitude/Longitude (degrees/minutes)
Distance & Bearing To Wpt
From Current Position
Map
Trafﬁc
Identiﬁer, Symbol,
& References
Reference Wpt
Delete Wpt
Wpts Used
Terrain
View All Wpts
Weather
Edit Wpt
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Wpt Symbol
& Identiﬁer
Area Map
Touch & Move
Finger While
Pressing To Pan Map
Map Scale
Touch To Zoom
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Figure 8-18 Waypoint Info for a User Waypoint
Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identiﬁer key, entering
the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad, and then
touching the Enter key. You may also search through the list by touching the
View All key and then choosing from the existing list of User waypoints by
touching the desired waypoint from the list.
8-14
190-01007-03-Final.indb 14
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:27 PM
8.6.1
Select User Waypoint By Name
Foreword
1. While viewing the User Waypoint page, touch the User
Waypoint Name.
8.6.2
Getting
Started
2. Use the keypad to select the characters for the name and then
touch Enter.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Select User Waypoint From A List
Com/Nav
1. While viewing the Waypoint Info page, touch the User
Waypoint key.
2. Touch the View All key and then use the Up and Down keys
to view the waypoints on the list.
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
User
Waypoint
List Name
Charts
Wpt Info
User
Waypoint
List
User
Waypoint
Type
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Figure 8-19 Waypoint Info User Waypoint List
8.6.3
Services/
Music
Edit User Waypoint
1. Select the desired User Waypoint and touch the Edit key.
2. Touch the key for the desired information and make changes
as needed.
8.6.4
Delete User Waypoint
1. Select the desired User Waypoint and touch the Delete key.
2. Touch the OK key to conﬁrm deleting the selected waypoint.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 15
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
8-15
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:27 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
8.7
Create Waypoint
User waypoints are created from the Create User Waypoint page. To create a
new user waypoint, simply enter its name (identiﬁer) and position, or reference
another waypoint by radial and distance.
Waypoint Name
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Waypoint Type
Temporary
Waypoint
Touch To Setup
Ref Wpt 1
Touch To Setup
Ref Wpt 2
Touch to Finalize
Waypoint
Creation
Touch to Cancel
Waypoint
Creation
Touch To Zoom
Figure 8-20 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint
Map
1. From the Waypoint Info page, touch the Create Waypoint
key.
2. Touch the User Identiﬁer key.
Trafﬁc
Terrain
3. Use the alphanumeric keypad to make the waypoint name (up
to six characters) and then touch the Enter key.
Weather
Nearest
Map Area Around
Waypoint
Waypoint
Comment
Backspace
Key Clears
Wpt Name
User Waypoint
Name
Services/
Music
Utilities
Cursor
Movement
Keys
Alphanumeric
Keypad
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Touch Enter
After Creating
Name
Touch To Cancel
Creating Name
Figure 8-21 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint Name
8-16
190-01007-03-Final.indb 16
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:27 PM
4. Touch the Comment key to add a short comment for the new
waypoint.
5. Touch the Position Type key and then Lat/Lon,
Radial/Radial, or Radial/Distance to assign the type. See
the following instructions for more detail.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Touch to Select the
Desired Waypoint
Position Type
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Figure 8-22 Waypoint Info - Create User Position Type
6. If desired, touch the Temporary? key to create the waypoint
for only temporary use. Temporary waypoints will be removed
when the power is cycled.
8.7.1
Wpt Info
Map
7. When ﬁnished with all selections, touch the Create key to
create the new waypoint.
Trafﬁc
Mark On Target
Terrain
If an external Mark On Target (MOT) switch is installed, pressing that switch
will result in the creation of a User waypoint called MOTxxx at the point in space
where the MOT switch was pushed. The waypoints are created in increasing
numeric order up to number 999, at which point they will start replacing
existing waypoints at the beginning of the list.
When a Mark on Target waypoint is created, it may not be immediately
visible on the moving map page because the ownship icon will be directly on
top of the waypoint. Creation of the waypoint can be veriﬁed by changing zoom
scales on the map or viewing the User Waypoints page.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
NOTE: This feature is available in software version 4.00 and later.
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 17
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
8-17
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:28 PM
Foreword
8.7.2
Waypoint Location Based on Lat/Lon
Coordinates
1. From the Create User Waypoint page, touch the Position
Type key and then the Lat/Lon key. Then, touch the Latitude/
Longitude value key.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch to Select Lat/Lon
Waypoint Reference
Type
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Figure 8-23 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint Type - Lat/Lon
2. The Lat/Lon coordinate values will be highlighted. Touch the
Lat or Lon key to toggle selection of the hemisphere values
and highlight the selected value.
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
When The Lat
Key Is Touched,
The Latitude
Hemisphere Value
Is Active For
Selection
Touch To Toggle Lat/Lon
Touch to Select
Numeric Values
Nearest
Services/
Music
Touch to Select
Hemisphere Value
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 8-24 Lat/Lon Coordinate Selection
3. Touch the desired hemisphere keys to select the desired values.
After selecting the hemisphere value, the cursor will advance to
the ﬁrst character of the adjacent numeric value for selection.
Symbols
Appendix
Index
8-18
190-01007-03-Final.indb 18
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:28 PM
Even when the hemisphere values are highlighted, touching the
numeric keys will always place the cursor at the ﬁrst numeric
value. The Large knob may also be used for cursor movement
and characters are selected with the Small knob.
NOTE: When editing values, turn the Large knob counter-clockwise to
backspace or move the cursor to the left.
4. As each value is selected, the cursor will advance to the next
character. Touch the necessary key for the desired values.
5. When ﬁnished with the Lat/Lon selections, touch the Enter
key.
6. When ﬁnished with all selections, touch the Create key to
create the new waypoint.
8.7.3
Waypoint Location Based on Two Radials
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
1. From the Create User Waypoint page, touch the Position Type
key and then the Radial/Radial key.
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Touch to Select
Radial/Radial Waypoint
Reference Type
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Figure 8-25 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint Type - Radial/Radial
2. Touch the Ref Wpt key and use the alphanumeric keypad to
select the desired identiﬁer.
Services/
Music
3. Touch the upper Radial key and use the alphanumeric keypad
to select the desired value.
Utilities
System
4. Touch the Enter key.
Messages
5. When ﬁnished with all selections, touch the Create key to
create the new waypoint.
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 19
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
8-19
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:28 PM
Foreword
8.7.4
Waypoint Location Based on Radial and Distance
1. From the Create User Waypoint page, touch the Position Type
key and then the Radial/Distance key.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Touch to Select
Radial/Distance Waypoint
Reference Type
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Figure 8-26 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint Type - Radial/Distance
2. From the Create User Waypoint page, touch the Ref Wpt
key and use the alphanumeric keypad to select the desired
identiﬁer.
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
3. Touch the upper Radial key and use the alphanumeric keypad
to select the desired value.
Trafﬁc
4. Touch the upper Distance key and use the alphanumeric
keypad to select the desired value.
Terrain
5. Touch the Enter key.
Weather
6. Touch the Create key to save the new waypoint.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
8-20
190-01007-03-Final.indb 20
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:29 PM
8.8
Import User Waypoints (SD Card)
The GTN can import user generated waypoints from a ﬁle on the SD card.
The created waypoints will be at the latitude and longitude speciﬁed in the ﬁle
with the speciﬁed name and comment.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
NOTE: This feature is available in software version 5.10 and later.
When a user waypoint ﬁle is on the SD card, a key will be available on the
Waypoint Info page for importing user waypoints.
1. Insert an SD card with the User waypoints into the the GTN.
2. From the Waypoint Info page, touch the Import Waypoints
key.
3. Touch OK to acknowledge the pop-up to import all of the user
waypoints in the ﬁle.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Figure 8-27 Start User Waypoint Import
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 21
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
8-21
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:29 PM
4. The pilot is informed of the status of the user waypoint import
via one of the following system messages.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Message
USER WAYPOINT IMPORT - User
waypoints were imported successfully.
USER WAYPOINT IMPORT - User
waypoint import failed.
USER WAYPOINT IMPORT - User
waypoint import failed. User waypoint
database is full.
USER WAYPOINT IMPORT - User
waypoints imported successfully existing waypoints reused.
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Description
All user waypoints were imported
successfully.
User waypoint import failed due to
improper ﬁle format.
User waypoint catalog is full and the
requested user waypoints could not be
imported.
User waypoints imported and existing
waypoints are used instead of creating
duplicate waypoints. This occurs when
a waypoint to be imported is within
0.001° latitude and longitude of an
existing user waypoint (roughly a few
hundred feet, depending on latitude).
Table 8-1 User Waypoint Import Messages
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
8-22
190-01007-03-Final.indb 22
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:29 PM
9
MAP
Foreword
The Map page is used to provide situational awareness in ﬂight. The Map
page can display the following information:
• Airports,
NAVAIDs,
airspace,
airways, land data (highways, cities,
lakes, rivers, borders, etc.) with
names
• Wind direction and speed
• Icons for enabled map features
• Aircraft icon (with the nose
representing present position)
• Topography scale
• Topography data
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
• NEXRAD (or Precip) Weather (Opt.)
Com/Nav
• ChartView or FliteChart Overlay
FPL
• Terrain Overlay
• Trafﬁc Overlay
Direct-To
• Radar Overlay
• Fuel Range Ring (SW V 6.00 or later)
• Nav range ring
Getting
Started
• Flight plan legs
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
North Indicator
Map Orientation
Active Flight
Plan Leg
Map
Aircraft Symbol
(Present Position)
Trafﬁc
Nav Range Ring
Terrain
From - To - Next
Waypoints
Weather
Touch To Edit FPL
CDI
Back to
Previous Page
Nearest
Touch to View Messages
Services/
Music
Range Keys
Touch to Zoom
In and Out
Map Menu Options
CDI - Select Nav Source
Utilities
System
OBS - Select Manual or Auto Sequencing
Figure 9-1 Map Page Description
The following information describes the ownship symbol
behavior in a helicopter that does not have a source of magnetic
heading information connected to the GTN. When greater than
15 knots groundspeed the map is oriented either north up with
ownship oriented to its current track or track up. When less than
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 1
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-1
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:29 PM
15 kts groundspeed, the directional ownship icon is replaced
with a non-directional icon because it can't be determined if
the rotorcraft is going sideways or backwards. The map will
continue to orient to the current track if the map is selected
for Track Up. If the map is oriented to track up, then below
5 kts groundspeed the map orientation will "latch" to the last
valid track prior to the groudspeed going below 5 kts. The map
will reorient when the groundspeed again exceeds 5 kts. The
position of the ownship icon over the map is always the current
GPS position of the aircraft.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
NOTE: The electronic map is an aid to navigation and is designed to
facilitate the use of authorized government charts, not replace them.
Land and water data is provided only as a general reference. The accuracy
of the land and water data is not suitable for use as a primary source of
navigation and should only be used to supplement ofﬁcial government
charts and notices.
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Map Overlays
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Map Setup
Utilities
System
Map Detail
Messages
Map User Fields
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Topo
Airways
Terrain
NEXRAD (or PRECIP)*
Charts*
StormScope*
Trafﬁc*
Radar*
Graphically Edit FPL
Map Pointer - Create Wpt
Map
Aviation
Land
Airspace
Trafﬁc*
Weather*
Change User Fields
Restore Defaults
* Optional
Figure 9-2 Map Page Functional Diagram
9-2
190-01007-03-Final.indb 2
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:29 PM
NOTE: NEXRAD (or PRECIP) and Radar may not be shown at the same
time.
9.1
Foreword
Getting
Started
Map Menu
The Map Menu provides the ability to modify and control the information
displayed on the Map page.
• Map Overlays are selected to overlay various types of information over the
base map.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
• Map Setup modiﬁes the display of other map features.
• Map User Fields determines whether or not the ﬁelds in the corners of the
Map page are displayed and the data shown in each corner.
• Map Detail lets you control the amount of information displayed at different
map ranges.
• Restore Defaults lets you start all over again with the default values for the
settings for the Map User Fields.
NOTE: Changes made in the Map Menu take effect immediately on the
map display.
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
1. From the Home page, touch Map to reach the Map page, or
press and hold the HOME key to go to the Map page from
any function. On the Map page, touch the Menu key.
Terrain
Weather
Map Overlay
Selections
Nearest
Services/
Music
Touch To Edit Map Setup
Touch and Slide Finger To
Adjust Map Detail Level
Utilities
Touch To Edit Map
User Fields (Corners)
System
Return Map User Fields
To Default Values
Messages
Symbols
Figure 9-3 Map Menu
2. Touch the key for the desired option to access its settings.
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 3
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
Appendix
9-3
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:29 PM
3. Touch the Back key to return to the Map page. Any changes
made will be retained until changed.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
9.1.1
Map Overlays
Map Overlays are layers of information that are referenced to geographic
location and are overlayed on the base map. A green bar will appear below
the Map Overlay key text when the overlay is selected, except for Airways and
NEXRAD.
FPL
NOTE: Data linked weather (SiriusXM / FIS-B / Connext) is displayed below
the chart overlay, Active onboard RADAR overlay is displayed above the
chart overlay.
Direct-To
Proc
NOTE: Map overlay keys do not turn on or activate equipment necessary
for the overlay to function. Map overlay keys may remain available even
if the information necessary for the overlay is not available. For example:
the Radar overlay key is available even if the radar is turned off.
Charts
Wpt Info
NOTE: Map overlays for StormScope, Trafﬁc, or Radar are prevented from
being overlaid on the main map without a heading source or while User
Navigation Angles are selected.
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
9.1.1.1
Overlay Priority
The data overlayed on the map is displayed according the following priorities
(from highest to lowest):
1 - Trafﬁc
19 - County
Warning
2 - Ownship
11 - Freezing Levels 20 - PIREPs
3 - Flight Plan
12 - Cell Movement 21 - AIREPS
4 - TAWS Alerts
13 - Lightning
22 - City Forecast
5 - Weather Radar 14 - METARs
23 - Surface
Analysis
6 - Charts
15 - Winds Aloft
24 - Airspace
7 - Stormscope
16 - SIGMETs
25 - Waypoints
8 - Obstacles
17 - AIRMETs
26 - Airways
9 - Fuel Range Ring 18 - Cyclone
27 - Turbulence
Warning
Appendix
Index
10 - TFRs
28 - Icing Potential
29- Echo Tops
30 - NEXRAD
31 - Cloud Tops
32 - IR Satellite
33 - SafeTaxi
34 - Terrain
35 - Base Map
36 - Topo
Table 9-2 Data Overlay Priority
9-4
190-01007-03-Final.indb 4
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:30 PM
9.1.1.2
Topo
The Topo Data option selects whether the colored topographical features are
displayed. Trafﬁc, Land Data, Terrain, and Obstacles will still be displayed even
with Topo Data turned off.
1. While viewing the Map Menu, touch the TOPO Map Overlay
key to toggle the Topo setting.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Topo Map Overlay Off
Topo Map Overlay On
Figure 9-4 Topo Map Overlay Selections
2. When the Topo Map Overlay is toggled off, all topographic
color features are removed.
9.1.1.3
Airways
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
The Airways option allows you to select the airways that are shown on the
Map page. All, Low only, and High only Airways may be selected. When Off is
selected, airways will not be shown.
1. While viewing the Map Menu, touch the Airways Map Overlay
key to select the Airways viewed. Selections are: Off, Low, High,
and All.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 5
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-5
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:30 PM
Foreword
Low Airway (Grey)
Getting
Started
High Airway (Green)
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Active Flight Plan Leg
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Figure 9-5 Map Menu Airways Map Overlay Selection
2. Low Airways are shown as grey lines. High Airways are shown
as green lines.
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
9-6
190-01007-03-Final.indb 6
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:30 PM
9.1.1.4
Terrain
The Terrain Data option selects whether Terrain Data is shown on the Map
page. Terrain and NEXRAD weather may not be displayed at the same time.
Selecting one will disable the other. A Terrain icon will indicate that the Terrain
overlay has been selected. Terrain overlay colors may or may not be shown
depending on the altitude of the aircraft.
1. While viewing the Map Menu, touch the Terrain Map Overlay
key to toggle the view of Terrain data.
Red Terrain - At or
Within 100 ft below
Aircraft Altitude
Yellow Terrain - Between
100 ft and 1000 ft
below current aircraft
altitude
Current Position
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Icon Shows Terrain Overlay
Is Active
Map
Trafﬁc
Touch to Zoom Map Range
Terrain
Figure 9-6 Map Menu Terrain Map Overlay "On" Selection
2. The colors of the terrain are referenced to your aircraft altitude.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 7
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-7
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:30 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
9.1.1.5
NEXRAD (Optional)
The NEXRAD menu option allows the display of NEXRAD Precip weather
information overlayed on the Map page. Terrain and NEXRAD Precip weather
may not be displayed at the same time. Selecting one will disable the other.
NEXRAD Precip weather is an optional feature that requires the installation of
a GDL 69/69A, GDL 88, or GSR 56 and an appropriate Weather subscription.
Only one weather source can be displayed at a time (i.e. FIS-B and XM cannot be
displayed on the map simultaneously. See the Weather section for more detail.
While viewing the Map Menu, touch the NEXRAD Map Overlay
key to toggle the view of NEXRAD weather data.
Direct-To
NEXRAD
Product
Age
Proc
Charts
NEXRAD
Weather
Wpt Info
NEXRAD
Weather
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Figure 9-7 Map Menu NEXRAD Map Overlay "On" Selection
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
9-8
190-01007-03-Final.indb 8
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:30 PM
9.1.1.6
Charts (Optional)
The Charts menu option allows the display of Charts overlayed on the Map
page. The Charts Map Overlay option selects whether Chart data is shown on
the Map page. Charts may or may not be shown depending on the other aircraft's
location. The ownship icon will be shown over an available chart. See the Charts
section for more detail.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
A chart will be displayed on the map if all of the following are true:
• A charts database is a valid database.
FPL
• The system date is prior to the disable date of the charts database.
Direct-To
• The Charts Overlay Setting is active.
• The aircraft is In Air.
Proc
The chart displayed on the map will be chosen based on:
• The approach chart for the approach in the active ﬂight plan, if an
approach exists in the active ﬂight plan.
• The airport surface chart for the nearest airport, if no approach exists
in the active ﬂight plan and an airport exists within 200NM of the
aircraft's current position.
NOTE: Features that are selectable on the main map page, such as
obstacles, airports, airspace, and other waypoint types that are not visible
beneath the overlaid chart, remain selectable even when an approach
chart is overlaid on the main map.
NOTE: If the chart for the loaded approach procedure is not overlaid on
the map page with the Chart Overlay active, ensure the correct chart is
selected on the dedicated Charts page.
NOTE: If two GTN 7XX units are crossﬁlled, then the same type (ChartView
or FlightCharts) and version (cycle number and effective dates) for the chart
database must be installed on both units in order for the correct chart to
be overlaid on the main map page.
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 9
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-9
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:31 PM
While viewing the Map Menu, touch the Charts Map Overlay key
to toggle the view of the Charts overlay.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Chart Overlay Selected
In The Map Menu
Com/Nav
Ownship Located on
Chart Overlay
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Figure 9-8 Map Menu Charts Map Overlay "On" Selection
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
9-10
190-01007-03-Final.indb 10
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:31 PM
9.1.1.7
StormScope® (Optional)
The WX-500 StormScope Weather Mapping Sensor is a passive weather
avoidance system that detects electrical discharges associated with thunderstorms
within a 200 NM radius of the aircraft. The StormScope measures relative
bearing and distance of thunderstorm-related electrical activity and reports the
information to the display. Stormscope and XM Lightning are mutually exclusive.
NOTE: Refer to the WX-500 Pilot’s Guide for a detailed description of the
WX-500 StormScope.
1. While viewing the Map Menu, touch the StormScope Map
Overlay key to show the menu for selecting the StormScope
radar weather data display mode (Cell, Strike, Off, or Clear
Strikes).
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Select StormScope Data Display
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Figure 9-9 Map Menu StormScope Map Overlay Selection
2. StormScope data will be overlayed on the Map page when Cell
or Strike is selected. See the Weather section for more details.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Icon Shows StormScope
Overlay Is Active
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 9-10 Map Menu StormScope Map Overlay On Selection
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 11
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-11
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:31 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
9.1.1.8
Radar (Optional)
The Radar setting set on the Weather Radar page, such as Tilt, Range, etc.,
will be used for the radar overlay on the Map page. NEXRAD/PRECIP and the
Radar overlay may not be shown at the same time.
While viewing the Map Menu, touch the Radar Map Overlay key
to toggle the view of airborne Radar data.
Com/Nav
Precipitation
Returns
FPL
Scan Line
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Figure 9-11 Map Menu Radar Map Overlay On Selection
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
9.1.1.9
Trafﬁc (Optional)
The Trafﬁc Map Overlay option selects whether Trafﬁc data is shown on the
Map page. A Trafﬁc icon will indicate that the Trafﬁc overlay has been selected.
Trafﬁc may or may not be shown depending on the other aircraft's location and
equipment. See the Trafﬁc section for more detail.
While viewing the Map Menu, touch the Trafﬁc Map Overlay key
to toggle the view of Trafﬁc data.
Services/
Music
Icon Shows Trafﬁc Overlay
Is Active
Utilities
Non-Threat Trafﬁc Indication.
Currently 1200 Ft Above And
Rising
Icon Shows Aircraft Is Receiving
TIS Trafﬁc From Ground Stations
When A GDL 88 Is Connected
(GTN software version 5.11 or
earlier)
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Figure 9-12 Map Menu Trafﬁc Map Overlay On Selection
9-12
190-01007-03-Final.indb 12
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:31 PM
Orientation
North Up Above
Auto Zoom
Auto Zoom Min
Auto Zoom Max
Nav Range Ring
Fuel Range Ring
Fuel Reserve Time
Topo Scale
Point Obstacle Rng
Wire Obstacle Rng
Chart Color
Restore Defaults
Airport Range
SafeTaxi Diagrams
Runway Extensions
Intersection Range
NDB Range
VOR Range
User Waypoint Range
Airway Range
TFRs
Restore Defaults
Road Detail
City Detail
State/Province Names
River/Lake Detail
Restore Defaults
Smart Airspace
Show Airspaces
Class B/TMA Range
Class C/TCA Range
Class D Range
Restricted Range
MOA (Military) Range
Other/ADIZ Range
Restore Defaults
Range
Type
Restore Defaults
Weather Source
Cell Movement
METAR
Cloud Tops
Echo Tops
Lightning
Restore Defaults
9.1.2
190-01007-03-Final.indb 13
Map Setup
190-01007-03 Rev. J
Foreword
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 9-13 Map Setup Functional Diagram
Appendix
9-13
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:32 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
The Map page is customized by selecting groups from the Map Menu. The
Map Menu groups include choices for Map, Aviation, Land, Airspace, Trafﬁc,
and Weather groups depending on the installed equipment of a given aircraft.
Each group has a list of options that vary with the group.
1. While viewing the Map page, touch the Menu key. Then, touch
the Map Setup key. The Map Setup page will be displayed.
Com/Nav
Map
Setup
Group
FPL
Group
Options
Direct-To
Group
Option
Details
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Figure 9-14 Map Setup Page
Terrain
2. Touch the desired Map Setup Group tab (Map, Aviation,
Airspace, Land, Trafﬁc, or Weather) to display the set of group
options.
Weather
Nearest
3. Touch the desired group key. A list of options for the selected
group will be shown. (i.e. Map - Orientation, North Up Above,
Auto Zoom, etc.) Touch the Up or Down keys as needed to
scroll through the list.
Services/
Music
Utilities
4. Touch the key for the selected option.
System
5. Touch the Restore Defaults key to return to the original
default values for the selected option.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
9-14
190-01007-03-Final.indb 14
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:32 PM
9.1.2.1
Map
The Map option deﬁnes the behavior and display of information on the Map
page such as: Orientation, North Up Above, Auto Zoom, Nav Range Ring, Topo
Scale, Obstacle Range, and Restore Defaults. The default values are shown in
bold type.
Feature
Orientation
North Up Above
Auto Zoom
Auto Zoom Min
Auto Zoom Max
Nav Range Ring
Fuel Range Ring
Fuel Reserve Time
Topo Scale
Point Obstacle Range
Wire Obstacle Range
Chart Color Scheme
Restore Defaults
Selection
North Up, Track Up, Heading Up
Off, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, 75 NM,
100 NM, 150 NM, 250 NM
Off, On
250 ft, 400 ft, 500 ft, 750 ft, 1000 ft, 1500 ft, 2500 ft,
0.5 NM, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5
NM, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM,
75 NM, 100 NM, 150 NM, 250 NM, 400 NM
250 ft, 400 ft, 500 ft, 750 ft, 1000 ft, 1500 ft, 2500 ft,
0.5 NM, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM,
7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM,
75 NM, 100 NM, 150 NM, 250 NM, 400 NM
Off, On, Enhanced
Off, On
30 Min, 45 Min, 60 Min, 90 Min
Off, On
Off, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM
Off, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM
Day, Night
Returns values to original factory settings
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Table 9-1 Map Setup Map Options
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 15
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-15
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:32 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Map Orientation
The Map Orientation selection sets the orientation of the Map page. Selections
are North Up, Track Up, and Heading Up. A Map Orientation label is shown
below the North indicator (reference to True North) in the top left corner of the
Map page.
Com/Nav
FPL
Map Orientation
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Figure 9-15 Map Orientation Label
North Up Above
The North Up Above option allows you to select the map range where at and
above the selected value the Map Orientation will automatically change to North
Up as a default. When the map range is 500 NM or more, the map orientation
will automatically become North Up.
Auto Zoom
With a valid ﬂight plan, the Auto Zoom feature will automatically change the
Map page range depending on the distance to the next waypoint in the ﬂight
plan. If enabled, it will also automatically zoom to the SafeTaxi zoom range
when the aircraft is on the ground. Auto Zoom can be overridden at any time by
manually zooming with the In and Out keys. The Auto Zoom Min selection sets
the minimum range that the display will Zoom in. The Auto Zoom Max value sets
the maximum range the display will Zoom out.
Nearest
Auto Zoom Active Indication
Services/
Music
Figure 9-16 Auto Zoom Active Indication
Utilities
Auto Zoom is re-enabled once one of the following conditions is met:
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
• A waypoint is sequenced
• The aircraft transitions from “on ground” to “in air”
• A point is reached where the Auto Zoom range matches the manual override
range (known as auto-sync) and will be noted as “Auto” above the map
range value on the map page
• Auto Zoom is toggled off and back on in the Map Setup page
9-16
190-01007-03-Final.indb 16
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:32 PM
NOTE: Rotorcraft use a Local Auto Zoom function where Auto Zoom will
remain at the 1500 ft zoom scale until the rotorcraft is above 400 ft GSL
or 40 kts.
Auto Zoom Min
Set the limit that the display will zoom in automatically.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Selected Minimum
Auto Zoom Range
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Figure 9-17 Map Setup Minimum Auto Zoom Range
Trafﬁc
Auto Zoom Max
Set the limit that the display will zoom out automatically.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Selected Maximum
Auto Zoom Range
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 9-18 Map Setup Maximum Auto Zoom Range
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 17
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-17
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:32 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Nav Range Ring
When turned on, the Nav Range Ring option will show a ring with a compass
rose oriented to magnetic north around your present position on the Map page.
When selected ON, the Enhanced Range Ring function provides a second ring
at 1/2 the distance of the primary ring to allow the pilot to acccurately judge
distance to objects depicted on the map.
Com/Nav
FPL
Nav Range Ring
Direct-To
Proc
Current Position
Charts
Wpt Info
Nav Range
Ring Range
Active Obstacle
Overlay Types *
Map
Figure 9-19 Nav Range Ring
Trafﬁc
Fuel Range Ring
Terrain
NOTE: This feature is available in software version 6.00 and later.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
When interfaced with a fuel computer, the GTN can display a Fuel Range
Ring which shows an estimate of the remaining ﬂight distance at the current fuel
consumption rate and groundspeed. If either fuel quantity or fuel ﬂow sensor
data is not received, the GTN will use the Fuel on Board or Fuel Flow values
on the Utilities – Fuel Planning page. If both fuel quantity and fuel ﬂow are not
received by the GTN, the Fuel Range Ring will be removed. A dashed green
circle indicates the selected Range to Reserve Fuel. A solid yellow circle indicates
the Total Endurance Range.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
9-18
190-01007-03-Final.indb 18
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:32 PM
Foreword
Total Endurance
Range
Total Endurance
Time
Range To
Reserve Fuel
Time To Reserve
Fuel
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Figure 9-20 Fuel Range Ring
TOPO Scale
The Topo Scale option selects whether the elevation scale for topographical
features on the Map page is displayed. The scale will be located on the left side
of the display.
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Figure 9-21 Map Page Topo Scale
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 19
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-19
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:32 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Point Obstacle Range
The Point Obstacle Range option selects whether the Point Obstacle Data is
shown on the Map page at and below the selected Point Obstacle range. Map
ranges above this value will not show the Point Obstacle Data. An obstacle with
an asterisk indicates a group of the same obstacle type.
Unlighted Obstacle
(Height is less than
1000 ft AGL)
Lighted Obstacle
(Height is less
than 1000 ft AGL)
Unlighted Obstacle
(Height is greater
than 1000 ft AGL)
Lighted Obstacle
(Height is greater than
1000 ft AGL)
FPL
Direct-To
Table 9-2 Navigation Map Point Obstacle Icons by Elevation
Proc
Tower
Windmill
Windmill in Group
Power Line
Charts
Wpt Info
Table 9-3 Obstacle Icon Types
Map
Color
None
Trafﬁc
Terrain
White
Amber
Red
Weather
Nearest
Description
Lines are removed when they are more than 2000 ft below the
aircraft.
Lines are white when they are within 2000 ft below the aircraft.
Lines are amber when they are within 1000 ft below the aircraft.
Lines are red when they are within 100 ft below or above the
altitude of the airplane.
Table 9-4 Fixed Wing Color Scheme for Obstacles and Wires
Services/
Music
Color
None
Utilities
System
White
Amber
Red
Messages
Symbols
Description
Lines are removed when they are more than 500 ft below the
rotorcraft.
Lines are white when they are within 500 ft below the rotorcraft.
Lines are amber when they are within 250 ft below the rotorcraft.
Lines are red when they are at or above the altitude of the
rotorcraft.
Table 9-5 Rotorcraft Color Scheme for Obstacles and Wires
Appendix
Index
9-20
190-01007-03-Final.indb 20
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:33 PM
Grouped obstacles are shown with an asterisk. The color of the asterisks
is tied to the relative altitude of the highest obstacle in the group, not other
obstacles within that group. Obstacles are grouped when they would otherwise
overlap.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Map function, touch the Menu key.
Com/Nav
2. Touch the Map Setup key.
FPL
3. Under the Map tab touch the Point Obstacle Range key and
select the maximum range where obstacles will be displayed.
Direct-To
Proc
Lighted Obstacle
Grouped Obstacles
Unlighted
Obstacle
Current Position
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Active Obstacle
Overlay Types *
Terrain
Weather
Figure 9-22 Navigation Map Point Obstacles
The icon on the left shows that the point obstacle overlay is
active. The icon on the right shows that the wire obstacle overlay
is active. These icons are available in software version 5.12 or
later.
4. Touch an obstacle on the map and the elevation will be shown.
If there are nearby or overlayed objects (obstacle, airspace,
airport, etc), touch the Next key to step through the nearby
objects. Touch the Back key to return to the normal map view.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 21
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-21
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:33 PM
Selected
Obstacle
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Selected Obstacle
Info and Type
FPL
Direct-To
Touch to Step to
the Next Nearby
Obstacle
Obstacle
Location
Detail
Figure 9-23 Point Obstacle Detail
Proc
Wire Obstacle Range
Charts
Wpt Info
The Wire Obstacle Range option selects whether the power lines are shown
on the Map page at and below the selected Wire Obstacle range. Map ranges
above this value will not show the Wire Obstacle Data.
Map
NOTE: This feature is available in software version 5.10 and later and
requires the use of obstacle databases that contain wire obstacle data.
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Selected
Obstacle
HTAWS
Alert
Weather
Grouped
Obstacles
Wire
Obstacle
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Detail at
Cursor Point
Detail About
the Selected
Obstacle
System
Figure 9-24 Wire Obstacles
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
9-22
190-01007-03-Final.indb 22
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:33 PM
Chart Color Scheme
The Chart Color Scheme setting changes the day and night view of the Chart
Overlay colors on the Map page.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Figure 9-25 Chart Color Scheme Settings
Restore Defaults
Charts
Returns values to the original factory settings.
9.1.2.2
Aviation
The Aviation group selection from the Map Setup Page Menu allows you
to customize the display of Active Flight Plan, Active Flight Plan Waypoints,
Airport size range, SafeTaxi information, Runway Extensions, Intersection/NDB
locations, VOR locations, Airspace Detail, and TFR icons on the Map page. The
feature will be shown at map ranges of the selected value and lower. The options
for each feature are shown in the following table. The default values are shown
in bold type.
Feature
Selection
Off, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM,
Airport Range
75 NM, 100 NM, 150 NM
Heliports (Optional) Off, On
Off, 1000 ft, 1500 ft, 2500 ft, 0.5 NM, 0.75 NM, 1 NM,
SafeTaxi Diagrams
1.5 NM
Runway Extensions Off, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM
Off, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM,
Intersection Range
10 NM
Off, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM,
NDB Range
7.5 NM, 10 NM
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 23
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-23
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:34 PM
Foreword
Feature
Getting
Started
VOR Range
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
User Wpt Range
Com/Nav
FPL
Airway Range
TFR
Restore Defaults
Selection
Off, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, 75 NM,
100 NM
Off, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM,
10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, 75 NM, 100 NM
2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM
Off, On
Returns values to original factory settings
Table 9-6 Map Setup Aviation Options
Direct-To
NOTE: The term “intersection range” means any GPS waypoint included
in the navigation database, and includes waypoints that may not be
intersections of two VOR radials.
Proc
Charts
Airport Size
Wpt Info
Map
Small
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Medium
Nearest
Services/
Music
Large
Utilities
Size Criteria
Longest runway length
is less than 5000 feet,
unless it has a tower
frequency, in which case
it is a Medium Airport.
Longest runway length
is less than 8100 feet
but greater than or
equal to 5000 feet or
less than 8100 feet and
has a tower frequency.
Longest runway length
is greater than or equal
to 8100 feet.
Display Criteria
Small airports and heliports are displayed
on the map when the Map Range is less
than or equal to 1/4 times the Airport
Range Setting.
Medium airports are displayed on the
map when the Map Range is less than
or equal to 1/2 times the Airport Range
Setting.
Large airports are displayed on the map
when the Map Range is less than or
equal to the Airport Range Setting.
Table 9-7 Airport Display Range Setting
System
NOTE: The Airport Range Setting of "Off" means airports are never displayed.
Messages
Heliports are displayed on the map page if the Heliport Display Setting is
"On" and the Map Range is less than or equal to 1/4 times the Airport
Range Setting.
Symbols
Appendix
Index
9-24
190-01007-03-Final.indb 24
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:34 PM
9.1.2.3
Land
The Land Data option selects whether detailed land features, such as Freeways,
National Highways, Local Roads, Cities, States/Provinces, and Rivers/Lakes are
displayed. Topo features, trafﬁc, terrain, and obstacles will still be displayed,
even with Land Data turned off. The options for each feature are shown in the
following table. The default values are shown in bold type.
Feature
Selection
Road Detail
None, Least, Less, Normal, More, Most
City Detail
None, Least, Less, Normal, More, Most
State/Province Names Off, On
River/Lake Detail
None, Least, Less, Normal, More, Most
Restore Defaults
Returns values to original factory settings
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Table 9-8 Map Setup Land Options
9.1.2.4
Airspace
The Airspace viewing range options select whether the Airspaces are shown
on the Map and at and below the selected map ranges. The Smart Airspaces
selection ﬁlters airspaces to show the ones appropriate for your altitude.
Feature
Selection
Airspace Label Range Off, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM
Smart Airspace
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Off, On
Terrain
All, Below 18000 ft, Below 15000 ft, Below 12000 ft, Below
Show Airspaces
9000 ft, Below 6000 ft, Below 3000 ft
Class B/TMA Range Off, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM
Off, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5
Class C/TCA Range
NM, 10 NM
Off, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM,
Class D Range
7.5 NM, 10 NM
Off, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, 75 NM,
Restricted Range
100 NM
Off, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5
MOA (Military) Range NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, 75 NM, 100
NM
Other/ADIZ Range
None, Least, Less, Normal, More, Most
Restore Defaults
Returns values to original factory settings
Table 9-9 Map Setup Airspace Options
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 25
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-25
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:34 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Airspace Labels
NOTE: This feature is available in software version 5.10 and later when
conﬁgured by the installer.
The Airspace Label feature shows the airspace altitude limits within the
selected range.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Airspace Labels - On
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Figure 9-26 Display of Airspace Labels
Smart Airspaces:
Garmin’s Smart Airspace™ feature aids visual clarity on-screen by deemphasizing airspace that’s well above or below the aircraft’s current altitude.
The vertical separation is 1,000 feet at sea level and the vertical separation will
gradually increase to 2,000 feet until the aircraft reaches 10,000 feet. Anything
above 10,000 feet keeps the 2,000 feet vertical separation.
Weather
NOTE: Smart Airspace only changes the depiction of the airspace on the
moving map display. It does not alter the Airspace Alerts that can be set
on the System-Alerts portion of the system.
Nearest
Smart Airspaces - Off
Services/
Music
Smart Airspaces - On
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Figure 9-27 Display of Smart Airspaces (Airspace Borders Grayed)
9-26
190-01007-03-Final.indb 26
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:34 PM
To control the display of European airway airspaces:
1. While viewing the Map Setup Airspaces option, touch the
Other/ADIZ Range key and select a value.
2. Select Off for the Other/ADIZ Range to turn off the display of
airway airspaces.
Airway Airspaces - On
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Airway Airspaces - Off
Airway Airspaces - On
Figure 9-28 Selecting the Display of European Airway Airspaces
Wpt Info
9.1.2.5
Trafﬁc (Optional)
The Trafﬁc group selection from the Map Setup Page Menu allows you to
customize the display of trafﬁc on the Map page. The Trafﬁc function requires
the installation of the appropriate trafﬁc device. Only one trafﬁc source can be
conﬁgured for the GTN and this trafﬁc source will be overlaid on the main map.
Coverage follows the airplane. In the Navigation Map page setup you can select
the maximum range at which trafﬁc symbols are shown. Once outside of the
selected range, trafﬁc will be decluttered. The default values are shown in bold
type.
Trafﬁc Selection
Range
Trafﬁc
Restore Defaults
Display Result
1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM, 10 NM,
15 NM, 25 NM
All Trafﬁc, Alerts & Advisories, Alerts Only
Returns values to original factory settings
Table 9-10 Map Page Trafﬁc Display Options
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 27
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-27
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:35 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
9.1.2.6
Weather (Optional)
The Weather group selection from the Map Setup Page Menu allows you to
customize the overlay of the available weather information on the Map page.
Weather is an optional feature that requires an external weather source, which
must be selected to allow the overlay.
Feature
Weather Source
Cell Movement
METAR
Cloud Tops
Echo Tops
Lightning
Restore Defaults
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Selection
SiriusXM, Connext, or FIS-B
Off, On
Off, On
Off, On
Off, On
Off, On
Returns values to original factory settings
Table 9-11 Map Setup SiriusXM Weather Options
Wpt Info
NOTE: Map overlay keys may remain available even if the information
necessary for the overlay is not available. For example: the Radar overlay
key is available even if the radar is turned off.
Map
Trafﬁc
Feature
Weather Source
METAR
IR Satellite
Lightning
Restore Defaults
Connext Settings
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Selection
SiriusXM, Connext, or FIS-B
Off, On
Off, On
Off, On
Returns values to original factory settings
Selectable Connext Settings
Table 9-12 Map Setup Connext Weather Options
Utilities
Feature
Weather Source
METAR
Restore Defaults
System
Messages
Symbols
Selection
SiriusXM, Connext, or FIS-B
Off, On
Returns values to original factory settings
Table 9-13 Map Setup FIS-B Weather Options
Appendix
Index
9-28
190-01007-03-Final.indb 28
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:35 PM
9.1.3
Change User Fields
Foreword
The Change User Fields selection allows you to conﬁgure the Data, Function,
and Page ﬁeld type shown in each of the four corners of the Map page. The
information shown in each ﬁeld may be selected from a list after Change User
Fields is selected.
1. While viewing the Map page, touch the Menu key.
2. From the Map Menu screen, touch the Change User Fields
key.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Touch To Select Data Field
(TRK Currently Shown)
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Touch To Select Data Field
(DIS Currently Shown)
Trafﬁc
Touch To Cancel Any Changes
Terrain
Figure 9-29 Map Data Fields Selection
Weather
NOTE: Map Data Field Types that use the term "Destination" refer to the
missed approach point (if an approach is loaded) or the ﬁnal airport in the
ﬂight plan.
NOTE: In software version 5.13 and earlier, ETE to Destination is not
available when a procedure is loaded and there are waypoints in the
Enroute section of the ﬂightplan.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 29
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-29
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:35 PM
3. Touch the corner data ﬁeld key you want to select. Touch the
Data, Function, or Page keys to select the User Field type.
A list of information types will be displayed.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Select Data,
Function, or Page
Field Type List. Touch To
Select Data Field
Slider Indicates More
Selections Available. Press
Finger and Slide To View
More Selections.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Selected Field Type
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Figure 9-30 Map Data Field Type Selections
4. Touch the Up or Down keys or touch the display and drag
your ﬁnger to scroll through the list. Touch the desired item
to select it or touch the Back key to cancel selection.
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
9-30
190-01007-03-Final.indb 30
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:35 PM
Map Data Field Type
ACTV WPT - Active Waypoint
B/D APT - BRG/DIS from Dest APT 1
BRG - Bearing to Current Waypoint
DIS - Distance to Current Waypoint
DIS to Dest - Distance to Destination 2
DTK - Desired Track
ESA - Enroute Safe Altitude
ETA - Estimated Time of Arrival
ETA at Dest - ETA at Destination
ETE - Estimated Time Enroute
ETE to Dest - ETE to Destination
Fuel Flow - Total Fuel Flow
GS - GPS Ground Speed
GSL - GPS Altitude
Generic Timer - Timer Display
Foreword
MSA - Minimum Safe Altitude
OAT (static) - Static Air Temperature
OAT (total) - Total Air Temperature
RAD ALT - Radar Altimeter
Time - Current Time
Time to TOD - Time to Top of Descent
TKE - Track Angle Error
TRK - Track
Trip Timer - Timer Display
VOR/LOC - Tuned VOR/LOC Info
VSR - Vertical Speed Required
Wind - Wind Speed and Direction
XTK - Cross Track Error
OFF - Do Not Display Data Field
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Table 9-14 Map Data Field Types of Information
Trafﬁc
Note 1:
B/D APT is the straight line distance.
Note 2:
Dist to DEST is the distance along the ﬂight plan.
Function Field Type
CDI - Course Deviation Indicator
Flap Override - Flap Override 1
GPWS Inhibit - GPWS Inhibit 1
G/S Inhibit - G/S Inhibit 1
HTAWS RP Mode - HTAWS RP Mode 2
OBS/Suspend/Unsuspend Button
On Scene - "On Scene" Mode Toggle
Weather
Passenger Address - PA Toggle
Playback - Play Last Recording
TAWS Inhibit - TAWS Inhibit
Gen Timer - Generic Timer Control
WX RDR Controls - Weather Radar
Controls
OFF - Do Not Display Data Field
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Table 9-15 Map Function Field Types of Information
Note 1:
With TAWS-A enabled
Note 2:
With HTAWS enabled
Terrain
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 31
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-31
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:35 PM
Map Page Field Type
Foreword
Charts - Charts Page
Flight Plan - Flight Plan Page
Map - Map Page
Nearest - Nearest Page
NEAR APT - Nearest Airport Page
PROC - Procedures Page
Approach - Approach Page
Arrival - Arrival Page
Departure - Departure Page
Services - Services Page
Trafﬁc - Trafﬁc Page
Terrain - Terrain Page
Utilities - Utilities Page
Checklist - Checklist Page
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Table 9-16 Map Page Field Types of Information
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Fuel PLAN - Fuel Planning Page
SCHED MSG - Scheduled Messages
Trip PLAN - Trip Planning Page
VCALC - VCALC Page
User FREQ - User Frequencies
WPT INFO - Waypoint Information
Weather - Weather Page
CNXT WX - Connext WX Page
FIS-B WX - FIS-B Weather Page
Stormscope - Stormscope Page
WX Radar - Weather Radar Page
SiriusXM WX - Sirius XM WX Page
OFF - Do Not Display Page Field
9.1.4
Map Detail
The Map Detail feature allows four levels of decluttering to remove map
information. The declutter level is displayed in the DCLTR key. There are four
levels of decluttering. Level 0 shows the most detail and level 3 shows the least
detail.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 9-31 Map Detail Levels
Appendix
Index
9-32
190-01007-03-Final.indb 32
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:35 PM
1. While viewing the Map page, touch the Menu key.
2. While viewing the Map Menu, touch the Map Detail scale
and slide your ﬁnger to adjust the level. Features marked with
a • are shown at the indicated Map Detail Level.
Feature
River/Lake Names
Feature
•
TRSA
•
•
Land/Country Text
•
ADIZ
•
•
Large City
•
Alert Areas
•
•
Medium City
•
Caution Areas
•
•
Small City
•
Danger Areas
•
•
Small Town
•
Warning Areas
•
•
Freeways
•
Large Airports
•
•
•
Highways
•
Medium Airports
•
•
•
Roads
•
Restricted Areas
•
•
•
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Railroads
•
Prohibited Areas
•
•
•
Political Boundaries
•
MOAs
•
•
•
User Waypoints
•
•
Runway Labels
•
•
•
VORs
•
•
Lightning Strike Data
•
•
•
NDBs
•
•
NEXRAD Data
•
•
•
Intersections
•
•
Trafﬁc Symbols
•
•
•
Class B Airspace
•
•
Trafﬁc Labels
•
•
•
Class C Airspace
•
•
Water Detail
•
•
•
•
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Class D Airspace
•
•
Active FPL Legs
•
•
•
•
Tower
•
•
Airways
•
•
•
•
Table 9-17 Features Shown at Each Map Detail Level
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 33
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-33
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:35 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
9.2
Map Panning
In the Map Page function, panning allows you to move the map beyond its
current limits without adjusting the map scale. The panning function is selected
by simply touching the Map display. The In and Out keys at the lower right
corner of the page control the map range. Touching the display momentarily
switches the display to Map Pan Mode. While in Map Pan Mode, touch the
display gently and drag your ﬁnger to pan around the map.
FPL
1. Touch the Map page display.
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Map Pointer
Location
Selected Item
Aircraft Present
Position
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Touch To Step
To Items Near
The Map
Pointer
Touch To Edit FPL
On The Display
Terrain
Pan Mode Annunciation and
Bearing and Distance To The Map
Pointer From Present Position
Weather
Info On
Selected
Item
Figure 9-32 Map Panning With Airspace Highlighted
Nearest
NOTE: It is possible that multiple airspaces can be stacked vertically and be
difﬁcult to visually identify them. Touching the Next key will step through
the airpaces.
Services/
Music
Utilities
2. If you touch an item on the display (waypoint, airspace,
obstacle) there may be other items very close that are difﬁcult
to see at a given zoom level. Touch the Next key to annunciate
and highlight the next item. Each touch of the Next key steps
to another item near the Map Pointer.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
9-34
190-01007-03-Final.indb 34
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:36 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Next
Nearest Item
Highlighted
Cursor Location
Aircraft Present
Position
Touch To Step
To Items Near
The Cursor
Touch To Edit FPL
On The Display
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Info On
Pan Mode Annunciation and Bearing
and Distance To The Cursor From Present Selected
Item
Position And Elevation At The Cursor
Charts
Figure 9-33 Map Panning With Next Airspace Shown
Wpt Info
3. Touch the Airspace Info (Item) key for more information
about the selected item. Touch the Back key to return to the
Map Panning display.
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Figure 9-34 Map Panning Selected Item Information
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 35
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-35
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:36 PM
4. While pressing your ﬁnger gently against the display, drag your
ﬁnger across the display to scroll the display in the direction
of your ﬁnger movement. The Map Pointer cross hair location
is based on where your ﬁnger touches the display, but after
dragging your ﬁnger the Map Pointer will be centered on the
map when your ﬁnger is lifted from the display.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Map Pointer
Proc
Charts
Pan Mode
Annunciation
Coordinates Of
Map Pointer
Wpt Info
Map
Figure 9-35 Map Panning With Map Pointer
Trafﬁc
Terrain
NOTE: Pressing the Direct-To key will use the Map Pointer location as the
destination.
Weather
5. Touch the Back key to return to the normal map display.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
9-36
190-01007-03-Final.indb 36
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:36 PM
9.3
Map Controls
While in the Map page function, several controls are available to manage the
view and display of information. The In and Out keys at the lower right corner
of the page control the map range. Touching the display momentarily switches
the display to Map Pan Mode.
While in any of the Map function pages, touching the display starts Pan
Mode. Options are available to Create a waypoint at the Map Pointer position
and to Graphically Edit Flight Plan.
9.3.1
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Pan Map Mode
The Pan Map mode allows you to move the map display to view the
surrounding area.
1. Touch the Map page display.
2. See the description in the Map Panning section for details of
using this feature. Touch the Back key to return to the normal
Map display.
9.3.2
Foreword
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Create Waypoint
The Create Waypoint function will create a User Waypoint at the Map Pointer
location when that location is not an already named object, such as an airport
or airspace.
1. In Pan Mode, touch the Create Waypoint key.
2. Follow the directions in the Waypoint Info section for Creating
User Waypoints.
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Figure 9-36 Create User Waypoint While Map Panning
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 37
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-37
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:36 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
9.3.3
Graphically Edit Flight Plan Mode
The Edit Flight Plan Mode allows making quick changes to the active ﬂight
plan directly on the display. The process is simply touching the display to start
Map Pan Mode, touching the Graphically Edit FPL key, dragging the desired
leg to a new waypoint or airway, and touching the Done key. At any point, a
step may be removed by touching the Undo key or the whole process ended by
touching the Cancel key. The Undo key will remove up to nine steps.
9.3.3.1
Adding a Waypoint Within an Existing Flight Plan
1. Touch the Map page display. The Map Mode selection keys
will appear. Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key.
Direct-To
Active Flight Plan
Proc
Map Pointer Where
Display Was Touched
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Touch Edit Flight Plan
Key To Change FPL
Terrain
Touch To Return To
The Map Display
Figure 9-37 Edit Flight Plan Mode
Weather
2. Touch and hold the desired leg of the ﬂight plan.
Nearest
Current Active
FPL Waypoints
Services/
Music
Active Flight Plan Leg
Utilities
Intended New Waypoint
System
Messages
Touch To Cancel
Changes And Return
To Map Display
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Figure 9-38 Select Leg of Flight Plan to Change
9-38
190-01007-03-Final.indb 38
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:36 PM
3. Drag the ﬂight plan leg to a new waypoint, or airway, to add
a waypoint, or airway, to the active ﬂight plan. The ﬂight plan
leg being edited will turn cyan.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
New FPL Waypoint
Com/Nav
FPL
Active Flight
Plan Leg
Direct-To
Proc
Touch To Cancel
Changes And
Return To Map
Display
Charts
Figure 9-39 Drag Selected Leg of Flight Plan to New Waypoint
4. Touch the Done key. The aircraft will now navigate according
to the new ﬂight plan.
Wpt Info
Map
New Active FPL
Trafﬁc
Active Flight
Plan Leg
Terrain
New FPL Waypoint
Weather
Nearest
Touch To Undo
Last Step
Touch To Accept
Changes To FPL
Services/
Music
Touch To
Cancel Editing
Utilities
Figure 9-40 Completed Flight Plan with New Waypoint
System
NOTE: Parallel track will be cancelled when graphically editing a ﬂight plan.
NOTE: It is not possible to graphically add an intermediate waypoint
between the current position and a direct-to waypoint unless that waypoint
is in the ﬂight plan. Garmin recommends deleting any ﬂight plan prior to
graphically editing a direct to waypoint.
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 39
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-39
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:37 PM
Foreword
9.3.3.2
Adding a Waypoint to the End of an Existing Flight Plan
1. Touch the Map page display. The Map Mode selection keys
will appear. Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key.
2. Touch a waypoint that you want to add to the end of the ﬂight
plan.
3. Touch the Done key to accept the changes and return to the
Map page.
9.3.3.3
Removing a Waypoint from an Existing Flight Plan
1. Touch the Map page display. The Map Mode selection keys
will appear. Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key.
2. Touch a waypoint, or airway, on the ﬂight plan that you want
to remove.
3. Drag the ﬂight plan line away from the waypoint, or airway,
and release the line. The waypoint, or airway, will be removed
from the ﬂight plan.
4. Touch the Done key to accept the changes and return to the
Map page.
9.3.3.4
Creating a Flight Plan Without an Existing Flight Plan
1. Touch the Map page display. The Map Mode selection keys
will appear. Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key.
2. Touch a waypoint on the map to set the ﬁrst waypoint in the
ﬂight plan. If there are several nearby waypoints, touch the
desired waypoint to select it.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Touch Desired Waypoint
Messages
Cluster Of Nearby
Multiple Waypoints
Symbols
Figure 9-41 Select the Desired Waypoint From Multiple Waypoints
Appendix
Index
9-40
190-01007-03-Final.indb 40
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:37 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
New FPL Waypoint
FPL
Touch To Undo
Last Step
Direct-To
Proc
Figure 9-42 Start New Flight Plan with Origin Waypoint
3. Touch a waypoint, or airway, on the map for the next waypoint,
or airway, in the ﬂight plan. Continue adding waypoints, or
airways, as needed.
New Active FPL
New FPL Waypoint
Active Flight
Plan Leg
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Touch To Undo
Last Step
Touch To Accept
Changes To FPL
Touch To
Cancel
Editing
Services/
Music
Utilities
Figure 9-43 Add New Waypoint to Flight Plan
System
4. Touch the Done key to accept the changes and return to the
Map page.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 41
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
9-41
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:37 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
9.4
CDI (GTN 750 only)
The GTN 750's CDI key is used to select data that is sent from the GPS
or VLOC receiver to the external CDI (or HSI). When the external CDI (or
HSI) is connected to the GPS receiver, “GPS” appears below the CDI key in the
annunciation bar. When the external CDI (or HSI) is being driven by the VLOC
receiver, “VLOC” appears instead.
NOTE: The VLOC receiver must be selected for display on the external CDI/
HSI for approaches which are not approved for GPS. See the ILS example
in the Procedures section for more information.
FPL
Direct-To
NOTE: GPS phase of ﬂight annunciations (LPV, ENR, etc.) are not applicable
to the external CDI (or HSI) when VLOC is active.
Proc
NOTE: The internal on-screen CDI information is based on GPS data and
cannot be used for primary navigation.
Charts
Wpt Info
Trafﬁc
NOTE: If the unit is not conﬁgured for a CDI key, then the “activate GPS missed
approach” will only resume automatic waypoint sequencing. The user must
switch to GPS navigation, if desired, by using their external source selection
method (this is typical an EFIS system).
Terrain
1. The navigation source is annunciated under the CDI key.
Map
Weather
Touch CDI Key To Toggle
Navigation Source
Nearest
Navigation Source
Annunciation
Services/
Music
Figure 9-44 Navigation Source Selection
2. Touch the CDI key to toggle between sources.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
9-42
190-01007-03-Final.indb 42
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:37 PM
9.5
OBS
Foreword
The OBS key is used to select manual or automatic sequencing of waypoints.
Touching this key selects OBS mode, which retains the current “active to”
waypoint as your navigation reference even after passing the waypoint (i.e.,
prevents sequencing to the next waypoint). Touching the OBS key again returns
to normal operation, with automatic sequencing of waypoints. Whenever OBS
mode is selected, you may set the desired course To/From a waypoint using the
pop-up window on the GTN 7XX or with the external OBS selector on your
HSI or CDI. For leg types that do not support OBS, this key will be shown as a
SUSP key. This key will then also function as an Unsuspend key for legs that
auto-suspend, such as holds, missed approaches, etc.
NOTE: In dual GTN installations with crossﬁll on, the OBS course will only
be updated real time on the GTN that is receiving the new OBS course. The
course will be transferred to the other GTN when OBS is exited.
1. Touch the OBS key to enable the OBS function.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
2. Enter the desired OBS heading using the keypad and touch
Enter.
3. The OBS heading will be shown in the ﬂight plan annunciation
above the CDI in the lower portion of the display. The OBS
function annunciation will show.
Next FPL Leg
Runway Extension
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Destination Wpt
Services/
Music
Ownship Position
Utilities
Active FPL Leg
System
OBS Heading
Touch the OBS Key To
Enable OBS Function
OBS Function
Annunciation
190-01007-03-Final.indb 43
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
Symbols
Appendix
Figure 9-45 OBS Course Selection
190-01007-03 Rev. J
Messages
9-43
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:37 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
9.6
Map Symbols
Various symbols are used to distinguish between waypoint types. The
identiﬁers for any on-screen waypoints can also be displayed. Special-use and
controlled airspace boundaries appear on the map, showing the individual
sectors in the case of Class B, Class C, or Class D airspace. The following symbols
are used to depict the various airports and navaids on the Map Page:
Symbol
FPL
Direct-To
Description
Airport with hard surface runway(s); Serviced, Primary runway shown
Airport with hard surface runway(s); Non-Serviced, Primary runway
shown
Airport with soft surface runway(s) only, Serviced
Proc
Charts
Airport with soft surface runway(s) only, Non-Serviced
Wpt Info
Unknown Airport
Map
Restricted (Private) Airﬁeld
Trafﬁc
Intersection
Terrain
VOR
Weather
VORTAC
VOR/DME
Nearest
TACAN
Services/
Music
DME
Utilities
NDB
System
Locator Outer Marker
Heliport
Messages
Table 9-18 Map Symbols
Symbols
Appendix
Index
9-44
190-01007-03-Final.indb 44
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:38 PM
10
TRAFFIC
Foreword
The Trafﬁc function displays available trafﬁc information depending on
your installed equipment to assist in situational awareness. The features and
operation depend on the capabilities and options of each type of trafﬁc system.
NOTE: The reference point for the ownship is the nose of the ownship
aircraft symbol (either miniature aircraft or triangle). The reference point
for all trafﬁc icons is the center of the depicted trafﬁc.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
1. From the Home page, touch the Trafﬁc key.
2. Use the active areas on the display and the Menu options to
set up the Trafﬁc display.
10.1
Trafﬁc Pop-Up
When the GTN 7XX is displaying any page (other than the Trafﬁc page) and
a trafﬁc alert becomes active, the Trafﬁc Warning pop-up will be displayed.
NOTE: The trafﬁc pop-up will not appear when your aircraft is on the
ground.
1. The trafﬁc pop-up will appear on pages other than the Trafﬁc
page when a trafﬁc alert occurs.
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Trafﬁc Location
Ownship Position
Nearest
Touch To Close
Pop-Up
Touch To Go To
Trafﬁc Page
Trafﬁc Alert
Annunciation
Trafﬁc Alert
Annunciation
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Figure 10-1 Trafﬁc Pop-Up On the Map Page
Messages
2. Touch the Go to Trafﬁc key to view the Trafﬁc page.
OR
3. Touch the Close key to close the pop-up. The pop-up will
return if the trafﬁc alert persists.
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 1
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-1
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:38 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
10.2
Trafﬁc Test
The Trafﬁc Test function is only available on some trafﬁc systems. The aircraft
must be on the ground and Trafﬁc Status must be in Standby.
1. Touch the Test key to activate the test function in the Trafﬁc
equipment.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Test Trafﬁc Status
Wpt Info
Touch For Trafﬁc Test
While In Standby
Trafﬁc Status
Map
Figure 10-2 Trafﬁc Test Mode
Trafﬁc
2. The unit will return to normal operation mode after the test
process is successfully completed.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
10-2
190-01007-03-Final.indb 2
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:38 PM
10.3
Trafﬁc Information Service (TIS) (Optional)
Foreword
WARNING: The Trafﬁc Information Service (TIS) is intended for advisory
use only. TIS is intended to help the pilot locate trafﬁc visually. It is the
responsibility of the pilot to see and maneuver to avoid trafﬁc.
NOTE: TIS is available only when the aircraft is within the service volume of
a TIS-capable terminal radar site. Aircraft without an operating transponder
are invisible to both Trafﬁc Advisory Systems (TAS) and TIS. Aircraft without
altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data
or climb/descent indication.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
NOTE: TIS and Trafﬁc Advisory System (TAS) may not both be conﬁgured
at the same time.
Proc
NOTE: GDL 88 equipped aircraft only: When the radio tower symbol is
crossed out, the aircraft is not a participant in the TIS-B system – i. e. not
visible to other TIS-B clients. The GDL 88 will, however, continue to receive
available TIS-B and FIS-B ground station up-links and continue to display
TIS-B and FIS-B data along with available ADS-B and ADS-R data.
Wpt Info
NOTE: Except for GDL 88 equipped aircraft, TIS, and Trafﬁc Advisory System
(TAS) may not both be displayed at the same time.
Trafﬁc
NOTE: More information is available about the GDL 88 in the "Garmin
GDL 88 ADS-B Transceiver Pilot’s Guide."
Trafﬁc Information Service (TIS) is designed to help in detection and
avoidance of other aircraft. TIS uses the Mode S transponder for the trafﬁc data
link. TIS receives trafﬁc information from ground stations, and is updated every
ﬁve seconds. The GTN 7XX displays up to eight trafﬁc targets within a 7.5 NM
radius, from 3000 feet below to 3500 feet above the requesting aircraft.
7.0 NM
Charts
Map
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
3,500 ft
System
Messages
Symbols
3,000 ft
Appendix
Figure 10-3 TIS Coverage Volume (not to scale)
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 3
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-3
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:39 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
10.3.1
TIS Symbology
Trafﬁc is displayed according to TCAS symbology using three different
symbols.
TIS Symbol
Description
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Non-Threat Trafﬁc
Com/Nav
Trafﬁc Advisory (TA)
FPL
Direct-To
Trafﬁc Advisory Off Scale
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Table 10-1 TIS Trafﬁc Symbols
Trafﬁc Advisories (TA) alert the crew to intruding aircraft. When trafﬁc meets
the advisory criteria for the TA, a solid yellow circle symbol is generated. A Nonthreat Advisory, shown as an open white diamond, indicates that an intruding
aircraft is at greater than ±1200 feet relative altitude or the distance is beyond ﬁve
NM. A Trafﬁc Advisory that is beyond the selected display range is indicated by
a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen at the relative bearing of the intruder.
TIS also provides a vector line showing the direction in which the trafﬁc
is moving, to the nearest 45°. Trafﬁc information for which TIS is unable to
determine the bearing (non-bearing trafﬁc) is displayed in the center of the
Trafﬁc Page or in a banner on maps other than the Trafﬁc Map Page on which
trafﬁc can be displayed.
The altitude difference between the requesting aircraft and other intruder
aircraft is displayed above/below the trafﬁc symbol in hundreds of feet. If the
other aircraft is above the requesting aircraft, the altitude separation appears
above the trafﬁc symbol with a "+" sign; if below, the altitude separation appears
below. Altitude trend is displayed as an up/down arrow (for speeds greater than
500 fpm in either direction) to the right of the target symbol. Trafﬁc symbols for
aircraft without altitude reporting capability appear without altitude separation
or climb/descent information.
Always remember that TIS cannot alert you to the presence of aircraft that
are not equipped with transponders, nor can it alert you to aircraft that may be
nearby, but obscured from the ground surveillance radar by interfering terrain.
10-4
190-01007-03-Final.indb 4
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:39 PM
10.3.2
Trafﬁc Page
Foreword
The Trafﬁc Map Page is conﬁgured to show surrounding TIS trafﬁc data in
relation to the aircraft’s current position and altitude, without clutter from the
basemap. Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is
no valid heading.
The trafﬁc mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Trafﬁc Map
Page. When the aircraft is on the ground, TIS automatically enters Standby
Mode. Once the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches from Standby to Operating
Mode and the GTN 7XX begins to display trafﬁc information.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Altitude Filter
Normal
Above
Below
Unrestricted
TRF Status
Wpt Info
Operate
Standby
Map
Trafﬁc
Figure 10-4 Trafﬁc Page Functional Diagram
Heading
Annunciation
Terrain
Weather
Non-Threat
Trafﬁc
Ownship
Position
Proximity
Advisory, 1200
ft Above and
Climbing
Trafﬁc Direction
Of Travel
Range Ring
Radius
Range Rings
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Trafﬁc Status Key
(Operate/Standby)
Altitude Filter
System
Messages
Figure 10-5 Trafﬁc Page
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 5
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-5
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:39 PM
Foreword
10.3.3
Displaying Trafﬁc on the Trafﬁc Page
1. From the Home page, touch the Trafﬁc key.
Getting
Started
2. Conﬁrm TIS is in Operating Mode.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
3. Touch the Trafﬁc Status key to toggle between Operate and
Standby mode.
Com/Nav
FPL
10.3.4
Direct-To
Altitude Display
1. While viewing the Trafﬁc page, touch the Operate key to begin
displaying trafﬁc. “Operate” is displayed in the Trafﬁc Status
ﬁeld.
Proc
2. The Altitude Filter limits the trafﬁc displayed to the Below,
Normal, Above or Unrestricted altitude block as listed in the
“Displayed Trafﬁc Range” table. The ﬁlter altitudes are relative
to ownship altitude. Touch the Altitude Filter key to change
the altitude ﬁlter value. Select the desired altitude ﬁlter by
touching the BELOW, NORMAL, ABOVE, or UNRESTRICTED
keys. The selection is displayed in the Altitude mode ﬁeld.
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Selected Altitude Filter
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Figure 10-6 Trafﬁc Altitude Filter Page
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
10-6
190-01007-03-Final.indb 6
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:39 PM
Altitude Mode
Below
Normal
Above
Unrestricted
Displayed Trafﬁc Range
-9900 ft to 2700 ft
-2700 ft to 2700 ft
-2700 ft to 9900 ft
All Trafﬁc Shown
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Table 10-2 Displayed Trafﬁc Range
10.3.5
Com/Nav
TIS Limitations
FPL
NOTE: This section on TIS Limitations is not comprehensive. Garmin
recommends the user review the TIS Limitations section of the Aeronautical
Information Manual, Section 1-3-5.
Direct-To
Proc
TIS is NOT intended to be used as a collision avoidance system and does not
relieve the pilot of responsibility to “see and avoid” other aircraft. TIS should not
be used for avoidance maneuvers during IMC or other times when there is no
visual contact with the intruder aircraft. TIS is intended only to assist in visual
acquisition of other aircraft in VMC. No recommended avoidance maneuvers
are provided for, nor authorized, as a direct result of a TIS intruder display or
TIS advisory.
While TIS is a useful aid to visual trafﬁc avoidance, it has some system
limitations that must be fully understood to ensure proper use. Many of these
limitations are inherent in secondary radar surveillance. In other words, the
information provided by TIS will be no better than that provided to ATC. TIS
will only display aircraft with operating transponders installed.
TIS relies on surveillance of the Mode S radar, which is a “secondary
surveillance” radar similar to the Air Trafﬁc Control Radar Beacon System
(ATCRBS). TIS operation may be intermittent during turns or other maneuvering.
TIS is dependent on two-way, “line-of-sight” communication between the
aircraft and the Mode S radar. Whenever the structure of the client aircraft
comes between the transponder antenna (usually located on the underside of
the aircraft) and the ground-based radar antenna, the signal may be temporarily
interrupted. Other limitations and anomalies associated with TIS are described
in the AIM, Section 4-5-6.
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 7
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-7
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:39 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Garmin is not responsible for Mode S
geographical coverage. Operation of the
ground stations is the responsibility of the
FAA. Refer to the Aeronautical Information
Manual for a Terminal Mode S Radar Site Map
covering the U.S.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
NOTE: TIS will be unavailable at low altitudes in many areas of the U.S.,
particularly in mountainous regions. Also, when ﬂying near the “ﬂoor” of
radar coverage in a particular area, intruders below the client aircraft may
not be detected by TIS.
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
TIS information is collected one radar scan prior to the scan during which
the uplink occurs. Therefore, the surveillance information is approximately
ﬁve seconds old. In order to present the intruders in a “real time” position,
the TIS ground station uses a “predictive algorithm” in its tracking software.
This algorithm uses track history data to extrapolate intruders to their expected
positions consistent with the time of display in the cockpit. Occasionally, aircraft
maneuvering will cause this algorithm to induce errors in the display. These
errors primarily affect relative bearing information and trafﬁc target track vector
(it will lag); intruder distance and altitude will remain relatively accurate and
may be used to assist in “see and avoid.” Some of the more common examples
of these errors follow:
• When client or intruder aircraft maneuvers excessively or abruptly, the
tracking algorithm may report incorrect horizontal position until the
maneuvering aircraft stabilizes.
• When a rapidly closing intruder is on a course that crosses the client aircraft
course at a shallow angle (either overtaking or head on) and either aircraft
abruptly changes course within 0.25 NM, TIS may display the intruder on
the opposite side of the client than it actually is.
These are relatively rare occurrences and will be corrected in a few
radar scans once the course has stabilized.
10-8
190-01007-03-Final.indb 8
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:39 PM
10.3.6
TIS Alerts
Foreword
When the number of Trafﬁc Advisories (TAs) on the Trafﬁc Map Page
increases from one scan to the next, the following occur:
• A single “Trafﬁc” voice alert is generated.
• A TRAFFIC Annunciation appears at the bottom of the display, ﬂashing for
5 seconds and remaining displayed until no TAs are detected in the area.
To reduce the number of nuisance alerts due to proximate aircraft,
the “Trafﬁc” voice alert is generated only when the number of TAs
increases. For example, when the ﬁrst TA is displayed, a voice and visual
annunciation are generated. As long as a single TA remains on the display,
no additional voice alerts are generated. If a second TA appears on the
display or if the number of TAs initially decreases and then subsequently
increases, another voice alert is generated.
A “Trafﬁc Not Available” (TNA) voice alert is generated when the TIS service
becomes unavailable or is out of range.
Trafﬁc may not be displayed in the radar coverage area due to the following:
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
• Radar site TIS Mode S sensor is not operational or is out of service.
• Trafﬁc or requesting aircraft is beyond the maximum range of the TIScapable Mode S radar site.
• Trafﬁc or requesting aircraft is above the radar site in the cone of silence and
out of range of an adjacent site.
• Trafﬁc or requesting aircraft is below radar coverage. In ﬂat terrain, the
coverage extends from about 3000 feet upward at 55 miles. Terrain and
obstacles around the radar site can further decrease radar coverage in all
directions.
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
• Trafﬁc does not have an operating transponder.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 9
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-9
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:39 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
10.3.7
TIS System Status
The GTN 7XX performs an automatic test of TIS during power-up. If
TIS passes the test, TIS enters Standby Mode on the ground or Operating
Mode in the air. If TIS fails the power up test, an annunciation is shown
in the center of the Trafﬁc Map Page. Contact a service center or Garmin
dealer for corrective action for a failure message.
Com/Nav
Trafﬁc Page
Annunciation
No Data
FPL
Direct-To
Failed
Description
Data is not being received from the transponder
The transponder has failed
Proc
Unavailable
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
TIS is unavailable or out of range
Table 10-3 TIS Failure Annunciations
The Trafﬁc mode is annunciated in the bottom left corner of the Trafﬁc Page.
When the aircraft is on the ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode.
Once the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches to Operating Mode and trafﬁc
information is displayed. The mode can be changed manually using the
Trafﬁc Status key.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Trafﬁc
Status
Trafﬁc Mode Annunciation
(Trafﬁc On Map Page)
TIS Operating
Operate
TIS Standby
Standby
TIS Failed*
TIS Fail
Trafﬁc Display
Enabled Icon
(Other Maps)
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
* Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action
Table 10-4 TIS Modes Shown on the Map Page
Symbols
Appendix
Index
10-10
190-01007-03-Final.indb 10
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:39 PM
The annunciations that indicate the status of trafﬁc information appear in a
banner at the bottom center of maps on which trafﬁc can be displayed.
Trafﬁc Status
Banner
Annunciation
Foreword
Getting
Started
Description
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
The displayed data is not current (6 to 12 seconds since last
message).
Trafﬁc Coast 9 SEC
The quality of displayed trafﬁc information is reduced when
this message is displayed.
Trafﬁc is removed because it is too old for coasting (12 to 60
seconds since last message).
Trafﬁc Removed
Trafﬁc may exist within the selected display range, but it is
not displayed.
Table 10-5 TIS Trafﬁc Status Annunciations
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 11
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-11
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:39 PM
Foreword
10.4
NOTE: TIS and Trafﬁc Advisory System (TAS) may not both be conﬁgured
at the same time.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
TAS Trafﬁc (Optional)
TAS data comes from a TAS unit such as a Garmin GTS 800 or 820, Skywatch
497, KTA 810, or other unit.
Refer to the appropriate Trafﬁc Advisory System’s Pilot’s Guides for a detailed
discussion of the respective trafﬁc advisory system.
The type of trafﬁc systems that is installed is described by the Trafﬁc Page
keys. If a Trafﬁc Advisory System (TAS) is conﬁgured, a Trafﬁc Mode and
Altitude Filter key will be displayed.
Proc
NOTE: Pilots should be aware of TAS system limitations. TAS systems
require transponders of other aircraft to respond to system interrogations.
If the transponders do not respond to interrogations due to phenomena
such as antenna shading or marginal transponder performance, trafﬁc may
be displayed intermittently, or not at all. Aircraft without altitude reporting
capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb descent
indication. Pilots should remain vigilant for trafﬁc at all times.
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
WARNING: The Trafﬁc Advisory System (TAS) is intended for advisory use
only to aid the pilot in visually acquiring trafﬁc. No avoidance maneuvers
should be based solely upon TAS trafﬁc information. It is the responsibility
of the pilot in command to see and maneuver to avoid trafﬁc.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
A Trafﬁc Advisory System (TAS) enhances ﬂight crew situational awareness
by displaying trafﬁc information for transponder-equipped aircraft. The TAS
also provides visual and aural trafﬁc alerts including voice announcements to
assist in visually acquiring trafﬁc.
When the TAS is in Operating Mode, the unit interrogates the transponders
of intruding aircraft while monitoring transponder replies. The TAS uses this
information to derive the distance, relative bearing, and if reported, the altitude
and vertical trend for each aircraft within its surveillance range. The TAS then
calculates a closure rate to each intruder based on the projected Closest Point of
Approach (CPA). If the closure rate meets the threat criteria for a Trafﬁc Advisory
(TA), visual and aural alerting is provided.
Appendix
Index
10-12
190-01007-03-Final.indb 12
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:39 PM
10.4.1
TAS Symbology
Foreword
Trafﬁc Advisory System (TAS) is designed to help in detection and avoidance
of other aircraft. TAS uses an on-board interrogator-processor to detect trafﬁc.
Only aircraft with operating transponders will be detected. Trafﬁc is displayed
according to TCAS symbology using four different symbols.
TAS Symbol
Description
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Non-Threat Trafﬁc
(intruder is beyond 5 NM and greater than 1200 ft vertical
separation)
Proximity Advisory (PA)
(intruder is within 5 NM and less than 1200 ft vertical separation)
Trafﬁc Advisory (TA)
(closing rate, distance, and vertical separation meet TA criteria)
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Trafﬁc Advisory Off Scale
Map
Table 10-6 TAS Intruder Symbol Description
Trafﬁc
Relative Altitude (1200 ft Above)
Non-Threat Trafﬁc
Vertical Trend Arrow (Climbing)
Terrain
Figure 10-7 Intruder Type, Altitude, and Vertical Trend
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 13
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-13
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:40 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
10.4.2
Displaying and Operating Trafﬁc (TAS Systems)
The unit must be in Operating mode for trafﬁc to be displayed. The ability to
switch from Standby to Operating mode on the ground is especially useful for
scanning the airspace around the airport before takeoff.
Heading
Annunciation
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Trafﬁc
Proximity
Advisory
Non-Threat
Trafﬁc
FPL
Ownship
Position
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Range Rings
Range Ring Distance
Trafﬁc Status Key
(Operate/Standby)
Altitude Filter
Wpt Info
Figure 10-8 Trafﬁc Page
Map
10.4.2.1
Trafﬁc
2. Conﬁrm TAS is in Operating Mode.
Terrain
Weather
3. Touch the Trafﬁc Status key to toggle between Operate and
Standby mode.
Nearest
4. The Altitude Filter limits the trafﬁc displayed to the Below,
Normal, Above or Unrestricted altitude block as listed in the
“Displayed Trafﬁc Range” table. The ﬁlter altitudes are relative
to ownship altitude. Touch the Altitude Filter key to change
the altitude ﬁlter value.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Switching from Standby Mode to Operating Mode
1. From the Home page, touch the Trafﬁc key.
NOTE: Not all TAS systems can be set to “Standby” mode while in the air.
The Trafﬁc Page shows surrounding TAS trafﬁc data in relation to the aircraft’s
current position and altitude without basemap clutter. Aircraft orientation is
always heading up unless no valid heading is received. The Trafﬁc Status is
annunciated in the lower left corner and the Altitude Filter is annunciated in the
lower right corner.
10-14
190-01007-03-Final.indb 14
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:40 PM
10.4.2.2
Range Ring
Foreword
Touching the In and Out keys will zoom in and out in preset steps depending
on the installed equipment as shown in the following table.
Trafﬁc Device
Map Ranges
Garmin GTS 800, Skywatch (SKY497/ 2 NM, 6 NM, 12 NM
SKY889)
Garmin GTS 820 and 850, Honeywell 2 NM, 6 NM, 12 NM, 24 NM, 40 NM
KTA 810 TAS, KTA 910 TAS, KMH
820 IHAS, KMH 920 IHAS, and
Avidyne TAS 620 (Ryan 9900BX)
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Table 10-7 Available Trafﬁc Range Ring Steps
Proc
10.4.3
Altitude Display
1. While viewing the Trafﬁc page, touch the Trafﬁc Status key
to begin displaying trafﬁc. “TAS OPERATING” is displayed in
the Trafﬁc mode ﬁeld.
2. Touch the Altitude Filter key to change the altitude ﬁlter
value. The ﬁlter altitudes are relative to ownship altitude. Select
the desired altitude ﬁlter by touching the BELOW, NORMAL,
ABOVE, or UNRESTRICTED keys. The selection is displayed
in the Altitude mode ﬁeld.
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Selected Altitude Filter
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 10-9 Trafﬁc Altitude Filter Page
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 15
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-15
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:40 PM
Altitude Mode
Below
Normal
Above
Unrestricted
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Table 10-8 Displayed Trafﬁc Range
Com/Nav
FPL
10.4.4
Trafﬁc System Status
NOTE: Refer to the equipment documentation for information on the
self-test and operating modes.
Direct-To
Proc
Displayed Trafﬁc Range
-9900 ft to 2700 ft
-2700 ft to 2700 ft
-2700 ft to 9900 ft
All Trafﬁc Shown
The Trafﬁc Status is indicated in the lower left corner of the Trafﬁc Page.
Mode
Trafﬁc Mode Annunciation
(Trafﬁc Page)
TAS Self-test Initiated
Test
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
TAS Operating
Operate
TAS Standby
Standby
TAS Failed
TAS Fail
Trafﬁc Display
Enabled Icon
(Other Maps)
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Table 10-9 TAS Modes
If the unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the
center of the Trafﬁc Page.
Trafﬁc Page
Annunciation
No Data
System
Messages
Data Failed
Symbols
Failed
Appendix
Index
Description
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
Data is being received from the TAS unit, but the
unit is self-reporting a failure
Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit
Table 10-10 TAS Failure Annunciations
10-16
190-01007-03-Final.indb 16
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:40 PM
The annunciations to indicate the status of trafﬁc information appear in a
banner at the lower left corner of maps on which trafﬁc can be displayed.
Trafﬁc Status
Banner
Annunciation
TA 6.0 + 03
Failed
Data Fail
No Data
Foreword
Getting
Started
Description
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
System cannot determine bearing of Trafﬁc Advisory.
Annunciation indicates distance in NM, altitude separation
in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend arrow (climbing/
descending).
Trafﬁc data has failed.
Data is being received from the transponder, but a failure is
detected in the data stream.
Trafﬁc has not been detected.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Table 10-11 TAS Trafﬁc Status Annunciations
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 17
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-17
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:40 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
10.5
ADS-B Trafﬁc
ADS-B technology is an important part of the FAA’s Next Generation Air
Transportation System (NextGen), allowing for enhanced safety, efﬁciency, and
the ability of the system to handle greater numbers of aircraft. ADS-B In allows
a properly-equipped aircraft to access FAA broadcast services such as TIS-B and
FIS-B. With ADS-B Out, the avionics transmit an aircraft’s precise location, as
well as speciﬁc information about that aircraft, to ground stations and other
aircraft.
If more than one target is occupying the same area of the screen, the GTN
will combine the two trafﬁc targets into one trafﬁc group. The group symbol
maintains the iconology of the highest priority trafﬁc target in the group and
indicates a grouped symbol by the presence of an asterisk to the left of the
grouped trafﬁc target.
Trafﬁc targets displayed on the dedicated trafﬁc page may be selected in
order to obtain additional information about a trafﬁc target or to view all targets
in a grouped target. When a grouped target is selected, the Next key on the
dedicated trafﬁc page will cycle through all targets located in close proximity to
where the screen has been touched.
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Touch Icon For Info
ADS-B and TCAS
Status and Altitude
Filter
Trafﬁc Motion
Vector
Alerted Target,
1200 ft Above and
Climbing
System
Messages
Touch For
Next Target
Range Rings
Ownship
Icon
Selected Vector
Motion and Duration
Touch To View
Trafﬁc Menu
Figure 10-10 ADS-B Trafﬁc Page
Symbols
NOTE: The “Next” key on the dedicated trafﬁc page will cycle through
all targets located in close proximity to where the pilot has touched the
screen.
Appendix
Index
Selected
Trafﬁc Info
Range Ring
Radius
Utilities
Map
Orientation
10-18
190-01007-03-Final.indb 18
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:40 PM
Symbol
Description
Basic Non-Directional Trafﬁc
Foreword
Getting
Started
Basic Directional Trafﬁc
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Basic Off-scale Selected Trafﬁc
Com/Nav
Proximate Non-Directional Trafﬁc
FPL
Proximate Directional Trafﬁc
Direct-To
Proximate Off-scale Selected Trafﬁc
Proc
Non-Directional Alerted Trafﬁc
Charts
Off-Scale Non-Directional Alerted Trafﬁc
Wpt Info
Directional Alerted Trafﬁc
Map
Off-Scale Directional Alerted Trafﬁc
Trafﬁc
Non-Directional Surface Vehicle
Terrain
Directional Surface Vehicle
Weather
Table 10-12 ADS-B Trafﬁc Symbols
Nearest
NOTE: Color of basic and proximate trafﬁc is dependent on conﬁguration
(cyan or white) and airborne/on-ground status of target (target is brown
when on the ground, see the surface vehicles).
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 19
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-19
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:41 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
10.5.1
Trafﬁc Applications - SURF, AIRB, etc.
The GTN ADS-B trafﬁc display is capable of running in two “modes:”
Airborne Situational Awareness (AIRB) and Surface Situation Awareness (SURF).
AIRB is in operation in the en route environment, outside of ﬁve NM from
and 1,500 feet above the nearest airport.
SURF is in operation within the terminal environment (within ﬁve NM and
less than 1,500 feet above ﬁeld elevation). When SURF is running, and the
zoom scale on the trafﬁc display is less than two NM, the airport environment
(including taxiways and runways) is displayed in addition to trafﬁc. This is to
aid in situational awareness of runway occupancy/availability, etc.
Due to the varying precision of the data received via ADS-B, ADS-R, and
TIS-B, all trafﬁc targets may not be depicted on the trafﬁc display. Because higher
data precision is required for display in the SURF environment, some targets
eligible for AIRB will not be displayed while SURF is active. Individual eligibility
for AIRB and SURF is depicted in the selected trafﬁc data on the trafﬁc page.
10.5.2
ADS-B Trafﬁc Menu
The Trafﬁc Menu allows control of the trafﬁc information display.
Trafﬁc
Weather
Select TCAS Status:
Operate and Standby
Select ADS-B Status:
Off, Surface, or
Airborne
Nearest
Select Motion Vector:
Absolute, Relative, Off
Terrain
Touch To Perform
Trafﬁc Test
Select Altitude Filter:
Normal, Above, Below,
Unrestricted
Select Vector Duration:
30 sec, 1 min, 2 min,
5 min
Services/
Music
Figure 10-11 ADS-B Trafﬁc Menu
Utilities
System
Messages
10.5.2.1
ADS-B Status
ADS-B Status displays the current status of trafﬁc application: Off, Surface,
or Airborne.
Touch the ADS-B Status key to toggle the ADS-B Status.
Symbols
Appendix
Index
10-20
190-01007-03-Final.indb 20
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:41 PM
10.5.2.2
TCAS Status
Foreword
This shows the current status of the TCAS system. The modes reported by
the trafﬁc device are "Operate" while in the air and "Standby" while on the
ground. This control allows the pilot to manually select the TCAS Status.
Touch the TCAS Status key to toggle the TCAS Status.
10.5.2.3 Test
The Trafﬁc Test function is only available on some TAS trafﬁc systems. The
aircraft must be on the ground and Trafﬁc Status must be in Standby.
1. Touch the Test key to activate the test function in the Trafﬁc
equipment.
2. The unit will return to normal operation mode after the test
process is successfully completed.
10.5.2.4 Motion Vector
When Absolute Motion Vectors are selected, the vectors extending from the
trafﬁc targets depict the target reported track and speed over the ground. When
Relative Motion Vectors are selected, the vectors extending from the trafﬁc targets
display how the trafﬁc target is moving relative to your aircraft. These vectors are
calculated using the trafﬁc targets track and ground speed and your aircraft’s track
and ground speed. These two values are combined to depict where the trafﬁc target
is moving purely with respect to your aircraft and give a forecast of where the trafﬁc
target will be, relative to your aircraft, in the near future.
Selected Vector Type
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Figure 10-12 Trafﬁc Motion Vector Type Selection
Messages
NOTE: Absolute motion vectors are colored either white or cyan. Relative
motion vectors are always green. The annunciation on the bottom of the
dedicated trafﬁc page indicates which vector type is selected and their length.
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 21
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-21
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:41 PM
* Indicates Multiple Targets. Touch
NEXT To View Each Target. Trafﬁc Motion Vector (White)
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Map
Orientation
ADS-B and TCAS
Status and Altitude
Filter
Selected
Trafﬁc Info
Touch For
Next Target
Proximate
Non-Directional
Trafﬁc
3000 ft Below and
Descending
FPL
Range Ring
Radius
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Selected Vector
Motion and Duration
Touch To View
Trafﬁc Menu
Figure 10-13 Absolute Motion (White Vectors)
Wpt Info
* Indicates Multiple Targets. Touch
NEXT To View Each Target.
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Ownship
Icon
ADS-B and TCAS
Status and Altitude
Filter
Trafﬁc Motion
Vector (Green)
Weather
Selected
Trafﬁc Info
Touch For
Next Target
Proximate
Non-Directional
Trafﬁc
Ownship
Icon
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Map
Orientation
Range Ring
Radius
Selected Vector
Motion and Duration
Touch To View
Trafﬁc Menu
Figure 10-14 Relative Motion (Green Vectors)
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
10-22
190-01007-03-Final.indb 22
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:42 PM
Target Motion Vector
Motion Vector Target
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Ownship Icon
Ownship Icon
Figure 10-15 Comparison of Absolute and Relative Motion Vectors With a Single Target
Target
Motion Vector
Motion Vector
Target
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Target Motion
Vector
Target
Motion
Vector
Ownship Icon
Nearest
Figure 10-16 Comparison of Absolute and Relative Motion Vectors With a Two Targets
Services/
Music
Ownship Icon
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 23
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-23
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:42 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
10.5.2.5
Vector Duration
The Vector Duration selection sets the time that the vector will show the
calculated distance and direction of the trafﬁc target. A longer duration will
result in a longer vector.
Com/Nav
Selected Vector Duration
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Figure 10-17 Trafﬁc Motion Vector Duration Selection
Charts
Wpt Info
10.5.2.6
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Altitude Filter
1. The Altitude Filter limits the trafﬁc displayed to the Below,
Normal, Above or Unrestricted altitude block as listed in the
“Displayed Trafﬁc Range” table. The ﬁlter altitudes are relative
to ownship altitude. Touch the Altitude Filter key to change
the altitude ﬁlter value.
2. Select the desired altitude ﬁlter by touching the BELOW,
NORMAL, ABOVE, or UNRESTRICTED keys. The selection
is displayed in the Altitude mode ﬁeld.
Nearest
Selected Altitude Filter
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 10-18 Trafﬁc Altitude Filter Selection
Symbols
Appendix
Index
10-24
190-01007-03-Final.indb 24
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:42 PM
Altitude Mode
Below
Normal
Above
Unrestricted
Displayed Trafﬁc Range
-9900 ft to 2700 ft
-2700 ft to 2700 ft
-2700 ft to 9900 ft
All Trafﬁc Shown
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Table 10-13 Displayed Trafﬁc Range
10.5.2.7
Com/Nav
On Scene Mode
FPL
When a GDL 88 (with software version 3.00, or later) is installed with a GTN
in a helicopter, the GTN provides controls for enabling/disabling "On Scene"
mode in the GDL 88. "On Scene" mode decreases trafﬁc alerts when operating
near other helicopters (e.g., news reporting).
1. While viewing the Trafﬁc page, touch the Menu key.
2. Touch the On Scene key to enable/disable On Scene mode.
10.5.3
Rotorcraft Trafﬁc Page Orientation
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
NOTE: Rotorcraft Trafﬁc Page Orientation functionality is available in
software version 5.12 or later.
Trafﬁc
When ﬂying at low speeds in a helicopter, heading may not always be closely
aligned with track (it could easily be up to 180 degrees different). If the GTN is
interfaced with a heading source, the ADS-B trafﬁc page will remain ﬁxed with
the ownship heading pointed up. However, if heading is not being received by
the GTN, the display of ADS-B trafﬁc will be unavailable.
Weather
When one of the following conditions is true, the ADS-B trafﬁc page will be
unavailable:
Services/
Music
Terrain
Nearest
• Ownship directionality is invalid (no valid heading or track)
Utilities
• GPS ground speed is less than 15 knots and ownship heading is not
available
System
While the trafﬁc display is unavailable due to these conditions, trafﬁc alerts
will be provided in a non-bearing textual form at the top of the trafﬁc page.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 25
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-25
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:43 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
10.6
RYAN TCAD 9900BX with the GDL 88
Ryan TCAD is a system that provides audio and visual alerts for trafﬁc near
your aircraft. The information from this system can be interfaced through the
GTN series. Operating instructions and details on the modes of operation are
described in the Ryan TCAD operator’s handbooks.
•
•
•
•
Com/Nav
FPL
TCAS-like symbols are used in the 9900BX.
Altitude modes are available (normal, look up, look down, unrestricted).
Ranges are manually controlled for the current shield.
Trafﬁc display range selections:
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
10.6.1
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Ryan TCAD Description
NOTE: Refer to the Ryan TCAD Pilot’s Guide for a detailed description of
the Ryan TCAD System.
Wpt Info
Map
Ryan 9900BX — 1 NM, 1 and 2 NM, 2 and 6 NM, 6 and
12 NM, and 12 and 24 NM.
The Ryan TCAD (Trafﬁc and Collision Alert Device) is an on-board air trafﬁc display used to identify potential collision threats. TCAD computes relative altitude and range of threats from nearby Mode C and Mode S-equipped
aircraft. TCAD will not detect aircraft without operating transponders or those
that are beyond radar coverage. TCAD, within deﬁned limits, creates a “shield”
of airspace around the aircraft that detected trafﬁc cannot penetrate without
triggering an alert.
TA: Trafﬁc Advisory. This is trafﬁc with 500 feet, or less, of altitude separation
that is converging or maintaining altitude separation.
PA: Proximity Advisory. This is trafﬁc with 500 feet of altitude separation that
is not a TA.
TRFC: Other trafﬁc.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
10-26
190-01007-03-Final.indb 26
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:43 PM
Touch Icon For Info
ADS-B and TCAD
Status and Altitude
Filter
Selected
Trafﬁc Info
Touch For
Next Target
Alerted Target,
1200 ft Above and
Climbing
Trafﬁc Motion
Vector
Ownship
Icon
Range Ring
Radius
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Selected Vector
Motion and Duration
Trafﬁc
Annunciation
Figure 10-19 Trafﬁc Page for Ryan TCAD with GDL 88
10.6.2
Map
Orientation
Touch To View
Trafﬁc Menu
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Altitude Mode
The GDL 88 has four altitude display modes: Normal (±2,700 feet, Above
(-2,700 feet to +9,000 feet), Below (-9,000 feet to +2,700 feet), and Unrestricted
(±9,900 feet). The GDL 88 continues to track up to 30 intruder aircraft within its
maximum surveillance range, regardless of the altitude display mode selected.
The selected altitude display mode is displayed in the upper left-hand corner
of the Trafﬁc page.
The Altitude Filter limits the trafﬁc displayed to the Below,
Normal, Above or Unrestricted altitude block as listed in the
“Displayed Trafﬁc Range” table. The ﬁlter altitudes are relative
to ownship altitude. While viewing the Trafﬁc page, touch the
Altitude Filter key to change the altitude ﬁlter value. Select
the desired altitude ﬁlter by touching the BELOW, NORMAL,
ABOVE, or UNRESTRICTED keys. The selection is displayed
in the Altitude mode ﬁeld.
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 27
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-27
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:43 PM
Foreword
Selected Altitude Filter
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Figure 10-20 Trafﬁc Altitude Filter Selection
Direct-To
Altitude Mode
Below
Normal
Above
Unrestricted
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Displayed Trafﬁc Range
-9900 ft to 2700 ft
-2700 ft to 2700 ft
-2700 ft to 9900 ft
All Trafﬁc Shown
Table 10-14 Displayed Trafﬁc Range
Map
10.6.3
TCAD Control Menu
Trafﬁc
The TCAD Control Menu allows control over the settings for the TCAD
Trafﬁc display.
Terrain
Select TCAD Control Menu
Weather
Nearest
Figure 10-21 TCAD Trafﬁc Menu
Services/
Music
1. While viewing the Trafﬁc menu, touch the TCAD Control key.
Select Field Elevation
Utilities
System
Messages
Set Trafﬁc Audio
Volume
Activate
Operation
Select Approach
Mode: Set,
Armed, or Active
Select Ground Mode
Symbols
Figure 10-22 TCAD Control Menu
2. Touch the desired key from the menu to make any settings.
Appendix
Index
Select Local Baro
10-28
190-01007-03-Final.indb 28
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:43 PM
10.6.3.1
Trafﬁc Audio
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Trafﬁc
Audio key.
Touch To Lower
The Volume
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Raise
The Volume
Com/Nav
Bar Graph Showing Volume Level
FPL
Figure 10-23 TCAD Trafﬁc
2. Touch the arrow keys to raise or lower the TCAD Trafﬁc Audio
level. The selected volume will be shown as a percentage value
and graphically with a bar graph.
Direct-To
Proc
3. Touch the Back key to return to the TCAD Control menu.
Charts
10.6.3.2
Field Elevation
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Field
Elevation key.
Touch To Automatically
Select The Destination
Airport Field Elevation
Touch To Manually
Set Field Elevation
Figure 10-24 TCAD Trafﬁc Field Elevation Selection
3. Touch the Enter key to accept the selected value. The selected
value will be shown in the Field Elevation key.
4. Touch the Use DEST APT key to automatically use the ﬁeld
elevation of the destination airport of the active ﬂight plan for
trafﬁc reporting.
NOTE: Activating the Use DEST APT feature automatically uses the
elevation for the current destination airport for the TCAD. If no destination
airport is present in the GTN system, the TCAD will not receive a ﬁeld
elevation and therefore not automatically enter approach mode.
190-01007-03-Final.indb 29
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
2. With the Use DEST APT key deactivated (no green bar), touch
the Field Elevation key to manually select the Field Elevation
for trafﬁc reporting. Use the keypad to select the elevation
value.
190-01007-03 Rev. J
Wpt Info
10-29
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:43 PM
Foreword
10.6.3.3
Baro
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the BARO key
to manually select the barometric pressure.
2. Use the keypad to select the barometric pressure value.
3. Touch the Enter key to accept the selected value. The selected
value will be shown in the BARO key.
10.6.3.4
Operate
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Operate
key to activate TCAD trafﬁc.
2. Touching the Operate key toggles TCAD trafﬁc operation on
and off.
10.6.3.5
Ground Mode
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Ground
key to activate Ground Mode TCAD trafﬁc.
2. Touching the Ground key toggles Ground Mode on and off.
10.6.3.6
Approach Mode
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Approach
key to activate Approach Mode TCAD trafﬁc.
2. Touching the Approach key toggles Approach Mode on and
off.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
10-30
190-01007-03-Final.indb 30
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:43 PM
10.7
TCAD 9900B Operation
The TCAD 9900B provides a passive system that uses transponder replies
from other aircraft to acquire trafﬁc information.
Map
Orientation
Altitude Separation
900 Feet, Closing
Trafﬁc
Advisory
Separation
00 Feet,
Opening
Trafﬁc Advisory
Altitude Separation 0
Feet, Steady Altitude
Separation
Touch To Select
Active Shield
Touch To View
Trafﬁc Menu
Description
Com/Nav
FPL
Proc
Charts
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Trafﬁc Closing Vertically
Weather
Trafﬁc Diverging Vertically
Nearest
Trafﬁc not Closing or Diverging
Vertically
Services/
Music
Table 10-15 9900B TCAD Symbols
10.7.1
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Wpt Info
Figure 10-25 Trafﬁc Page for Ryan TCAD 9900B
Symbol
Imminent Trafﬁc
Non-Imminent
Trafﬁc
(Trafﬁc within ±500 feet
AND 1.0 NM; OR no altitude
AND within 1.0 NM)
Getting
Started
Direct-To
Ownship
Icon
Range Ring
Radius
Touch To Select
Barometric Pressure
Foreword
Utilities
Select Local Barometric Pressure
System
1. While viewing the TCAD display, touch the Baro key to select
the local barometric pressure.
2. Use the keypad to select the values and touch Enter to save
the values.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 31
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-31
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:44 PM
Foreword
10.7.2
Select Active Shield
Getting
Started
1. While viewing the TCAD display, touch the Active Shield
key to select the Active Shield values (Departure, Enroute, or
Ground).
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
2. Touch the desired setting to save the values.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
10.7.3
TCAD 9900B Trafﬁc Menu
The TCAD 9900B Menu allows control over the settings for the TCAD Trafﬁc
display.
1. While viewing the Trafﬁc page, touch the Menu key.
Proc
Charts
Select Approach
Mode: Set,
Armed, or Active
Set Trafﬁc Audio
Volume
Select Shield Setup
Wpt Info
Figure 10-26 TCAD 9900B Trafﬁc Menu
2. Touch the desired key from the menu to make any settings.
Map
Trafﬁc
10.7.3.1
Terrain
Weather
Trafﬁc Audio
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Trafﬁc
Audio key.
Touch To Lower
The Volume
Touch To Raise
The Volume
Nearest
Bar Graph Showing Volume Level
Services/
Music
Figure 10-27 TCAD Trafﬁc Audio
2. Touch the arrow keys to raise or lower the TCAD Trafﬁc Audio
level. The selected volume will be shown as a percentage value
and graphically with a bar graph.
Utilities
System
3. Touch the Back key to return to the TCAD Control menu.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
10-32
190-01007-03-Final.indb 32
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:44 PM
10.7.3.2
Shield Setup
Foreword
The Shield Setup function allows you to select the Shield Type (mode of
operation) and the size of the shield volume that will provide alerts when
entered by aircraft.
Approach Shield Type
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Shield Type
key and touch the Approach Shield Type.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Touch To Select
Shield Type:
Approach or
Standard
Direct-To
Touch To Automatically
Select The Destination
Airport Field Elevation
Touch To Manually
Set Field Elevation
Proc
Charts
Figure 10-28 TCAD 9900B Shield Setup for Approach
Wpt Info
2. Touch the Field Elevation key.
3. With the Use DEST APT key deactivated (no green bar), touch
the Field Elevation key to manually select the Field Elevation
for trafﬁc reporting. Use the keypad to select the elevation
value.
4. Touch the Enter key to accept the selected value. The selected
value will be shown in the Field Elevation key.
5. Touch the Use DEST APT key to automatically use the ﬁeld
elevation of the destination airport of the active ﬂight plan for
trafﬁc reporting.
NOTE: Activating the Use DEST APT feature automatically uses the
elevation for the current destination airport for the TCAD. If no destination
airport is present in the GTN system, the TCAD will not receive a ﬁeld
elevation and therefore not automatically enter approach mode.
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 33
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-33
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:44 PM
Foreword
En Route, Standard, or Terminal Shield Type
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Shield Type
key and touch the desired Shield Type: Enroute, Standard, or
Terminal.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Touch To Select
Shield Type:
Approach or
Standard
Touch To Manually
Set Shield Height
Touch To Shield Range
Direct-To
Figure 10-29 TCAD 9900B Shield Setup for En Route, Standard, and Terminal
Proc
2. Touch the Shield Height key and use the keypad to select
the Shield Height value. The selected value will be shown in
the Shield Range key.
Charts
3. Touch the Shield Range key and use the keypad to select
the Shield Range value. The selected value will be shown in
the Shield Range key.
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
10.7.3.3
Terrain
Weather
Approach Mode
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Approach
key to activate Approach Mode TCAD trafﬁc.
2. Touching the Approach key toggles Approach Mode between
Set, Armed, or Active.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
10-34
190-01007-03-Final.indb 34
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:44 PM
10.8
TCAD 9900BX Operation
The TCAD 9900BX provides an active system that interrogates other aircraft
to acquire trafﬁc information.
Map
Orientation
Altitude
Separation
1600 Feet,
Ascending
Trafﬁc Advisory
Altitude Separation
200 Feet,
Descending
Range Ring
Radius
Touch To Select
Barometric
Pressure
Trafﬁc
Annunciation
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Other Trafﬁc,
Separation 1300
Feet Above
Ownship
Icon
Foreword
Touch To Select
Altitude Filter
Touch To View
Trafﬁc Menu
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Figure 10-30 Trafﬁc Page for Ryan TCAD 9900BX
Map
Symbol
Description
Trafﬁc Advisory
Trafﬁc
Proximity Advisory
Terrain
(color may be conﬁgured as cyan)
Other Trafﬁc
Weather
(color may be conﬁgured as cyan)
Out-of-Range Trafﬁc Advisory
Nearest
Services/
Music
Table 10-16 9900BX (TCAS) Symbols
10.8.1
Select Local Barometric Pressure
Utilities
1. While viewing the TCAD display, touch the Baro key to select
the local barometric pressure.
System
2. Use the keypad to select the values and touch Enter to save
the values.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 35
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
10-35
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:45 PM
Foreword
10.8.2
Select Altitude Filter
The Altitude Filter limits the trafﬁc displayed to the Below,
Normal, Above or Unrestricted altitude block as listed in the
“Displayed Trafﬁc Range” table. The ﬁlter altitudes are relative
to ownship altitude. While viewing the Trafﬁc page, touch the
Altitude Filter key to change the altitude ﬁlter value. Select
the desired altitude ﬁlter by touching the Normal, Above,
Below, or Unrestricted keys. The selection is displayed in
the Altitude Filter ﬁeld.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Selected Altitude Filter
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Figure 10-31 Trafﬁc Altitude Filter Selection
Map
Altitude Mode
Below
Normal
Above
Unrestricted
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Displayed Trafﬁc Range
-9900 ft to 2700 ft
-2700 ft to 2700 ft
-2700 ft to 9900 ft
All Trafﬁc Shown
Table 10-17 Displayed Trafﬁc Range
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
10.8.3
TCAD 9900BX Trafﬁc Menu
The TCAD 9900BX Menu allows control over the settings for the TCAD
Trafﬁc display.
1. While viewing the Trafﬁc page, touch the Menu key.
Select Shield Setup
System
Messages
Select Approach
Mode: Set,
Armed, or Active
Set Trafﬁc Audio
Volume
Toggle Ground
Mode On or Off
Symbols
Figure 10-32 TCAD 9900BX Trafﬁc Menu
Appendix
Index
2. Touch the desired key from the menu to make any settings.
10-36
190-01007-03-Final.indb 36
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:45 PM
10.8.3.1
Trafﬁc Audio
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Trafﬁc
Audio key.
Touch To Lower
The Volume
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Raise
The Volume
Com/Nav
Bar Graph Showing Volume Level
FPL
Figure 10-33 TCAD Trafﬁc Audio
2. Touch the arrow keys to raise or lower the TCAD Trafﬁc Audio
level. The selected volume will be shown as a percentage value
and graphically with a bar graph.
Direct-To
Proc
3. Touch the Back key to return to the TCAD Control menu.
Charts
10.8.3.2
Wpt Info
Shield Setup
The Shield Setup function allows you to select the Shield Type (mode of
operation) and the size of the shield volume that will provide alerts when
entered by aircraft.
Map
Trafﬁc
Approach Shield Type
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Shield Type
key and touch the Approach Shield Type.
Touch To Select
Shield Type:
Approach or
Standard
Touch To Automatically
Select The Destination
Airport Field Elevation
Figure 10-34 TCAD 9900BX Shield Setup for Approach
3. With the Use DEST APT key deactivated (no green bar), touch
the Field Elevation key to manually select the Field Elevation
for trafﬁc reporting. Use the keypad to select the elevation
value.
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
2. Touch the Field Elevation key.
190-01007-03-Final.indb 37
Weather
Nearest
Touch To Manually
Set Field Elevation
190-01007-03 Rev. J
Terrain
10-37
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:45 PM
4. Touch the Enter key to accept the selected value. The selected
value will be shown in the Field Elevation key.
Foreword
5. Touch the Use DEST APT key to automatically use the ﬁeld
elevation of the destination airport of the active ﬂight plan for
trafﬁc reporting.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
NOTE: Activating the Use DEST APT feature automatically uses the
elevation for the current destination airport for the TCAD. If no destination
airport is present in the GTN system, the TCAD will not receive a ﬁeld
elevation and therefore not automatically enter approach mode.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
En Route, Standard, or Terminal Shield Type
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Shield Type
key and touch the desired Shield Type: Enroute, Standard, or
Terminal.
Touch To Select
Shield Type:
Approach or
Standard
Touch To Manually
Set Shield Height
Touch To Shield Range
Trafﬁc
Figure 10-35 TCAD 9900BX Shield Setup for En Route, Standard, and Terminal
2. Touch the Shield Height key and use the keypad to select
the Shield Height value. The selected value will be shown in
the Shield Range key.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
10.8.3.3
Utilities
2. Touching the Approach key toggles Approach Mode between
Set, Armed, or Active.
System
Messages
10.8.3.4
Symbols
Appendix
Index
3. Touch the Shield Range key and use the keypad to select
the Shield Range value. The selected value will be shown in
the Shield Range key.
Approach Mode
1. While viewing the Trafﬁc menu, touch the Approach key to
activate Approach Mode TCAD trafﬁc.
10-38
190-01007-03-Final.indb 38
Ground Mode
1. While viewing the Trafﬁc menu, touch the Ground key to
activate Ground Mode TCAD trafﬁc.
2. Touching the Ground key toggles Ground Mode between On
and Off.
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:45 PM
11
TERRAIN
11.1
Foreword
Terrain Conﬁgurations
Getting
Started
During power-up of the GTN 7XX, the terrain/obstacle database versions are
displayed along with a disclaimer. At the same time, the Terrain system self-test
begins. A failure message is issued if the terrain test fails.
Com/Nav
Garmin provides the following terrain awareness solutions within the GTN
7XX environment:
FPL
• Terrain Proximity - This is the standard Terrain function and refers to the
display of the relative terrain elevations on the moving map. No aural alerts
of any type are provided by a Terrain Proximity conﬁguration.
• TAWS-B (Optional) - A system developed to meet the terrain alerting and
ground proximity requirements for Class B TAWS systems as deﬁned in
TSO-C151c. Garmin’s GTN 7XX Terrain Awareness and Warning System
(TAWS-B) is an optional feature and is intended to provide the ﬂight crew
with both aural and visual alerts to aid in preventing inadvertent Controlled
Flight Into Terrain (CFIT).
• HTerrain Proximity - This is the standard Terrain function and refers to the
display of the relative terrain elevations on the moving map. No aural alerts
of any type are provided by a Terrain Proximity conﬁguration.
• HTAWS - (HTAWS) is an optional feature to increase situational awareness
and aid in reducing controlled ﬂight into terrain. Garmin TAWS satisﬁes
TSO-C194 requirements for certiﬁcation.
• TAWS-A (Optional) - A system to increase situational awareness and aid
in reducing controlled ﬂight into terrain (CFIT) as deﬁned in TSO-C151c.
TAWS-A provides visual and aural annunciations when terrain and obstacles
are within the given altitude threshold from the aircraft.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
NOTE: Obstacles are removed from the Terrain and TAWS pages at ranges
greater than 10 NM.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 1
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-1
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:45 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
11.2
General Database Information
Garmin TAWS and HTAWS use terrain and obstacle information supplied by
government and private sources. The data undergoes veriﬁcation by Garmin to
conﬁrm accuracy of the content. However, the displayed information should
never be understood as being all-inclusive. Pilots must familiarize themselves
with the appropriate charts for safe ﬂight.
Com/Nav
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes
from government and private agencies. Garmin accurately processes
and cross-validates the data, but cannot guarantee the accuracy and
completeness of the data.
FPL
Direct-To
The terrain database is contained on the datacard.
Proc
11.2.1
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Database Versions
The version and area of coverage of each terrain/obstacle database is shown
on the System-System Status page. Databases are checked for integrity at powerup. If a database is found to be missing and/or deﬁcient, the TAWS/HTAWS
system fails the self-test and displays the TAWS/HTAWS system failure message.
11.2.2
HTAWS Database Requirements
To function properly, HTAWS requires the use of databases speciﬁc to
helicopters and HTAWS. The databases required are:
• 2.5 arc-second Terrain Database
• Helicopter Obstacle Database
• Helicopter Navigation Database
11.2.3
Database Updates
Terrain and obstacle databases are updated periodically with the latest terrain
and obstacle data. Visit the Garmin website to check for newer versions of
terrain/obstacle databases. Compare database cycle numbers to determine if a
newer version is available.
The database update process includes either reprogramming or
replacing the database card and inserting the updated card in the card
slot on the unit front panel. The terrain/obstacle database may be
downloaded via the internet and the card reprogrammed using a USB
programmer available from Garmin. Contact Garmin at 866-739-5687 or at
www.garmin.com or http://ﬂy.garmin.com for more information.
11-2
190-01007-03-Final.indb 2
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:46 PM
To update your terrain/obstacle databases:
Foreword
1. Prepare the card with new terrain data.
2. Turn off the power to the unit.
Getting
Started
3. Remove the old terrain data card and insert the new card into
the unit.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
4. Turn on the unit and verify that the Terrain Database veriﬁcation
is succesful.
Com/Nav
5. Verify that TAWS/HTAWS passes the self-test (if conﬁgured for
TAWS or HTAWS).
11.2.4
Direct-To
Terrain Database Areas of Coverage
The ﬁxed-wing terrain database provides worldwide coverage. The following
describes the area of coverage available in each helicopter terrain database.
Regional deﬁnitions may change without notice.
Database
Americas - North
Americas - South
Atlantic - North
Atlantic - South
Paciﬁc - North
Paciﬁc - South
FPL
Coverage Area
Latitudes: 0° to N90°
Longitudes: W180° to W30°
Latitudes: N30° to S90°
Longitudes: W180° to W30°
Latitudes: 0° to N90°
Longitudes: W30° to E90°
Latitudes: N30° to S90°
Longitudes: W30° to E90°
Latitudes: 0° to N90°
Longitudes: E60° to E180°
Latitudes: N30° to S90°
Longitudes: E60° to E180°
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Table 11-1 Terrain Database Coverage
NOTE: Because of higher resolution helicopter terrain data, the world-wide
data won't ﬁt on the terrain database card. Therefore, data is regionalized.
If you have the wrong region database for your present position, then you
get the message that terrain is unavailable for the current location and a
crosshatched pattern on the terrain display.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 3
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-3
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:46 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
11.2.5
The following describes the area of coverage available in each database.
Regional deﬁnitions may change without notice.
Database
Coverage Area
Limited to the United States plus some areas of Canada,
United States (US)
Mexico, Caribbean, and the Paciﬁc.
Alaska, Austria, Belgium, Canada*, Caribbean*, Czech
Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece,
US/Europe
Hawaii, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Mexico*,
Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Slovakia, Spain,
Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States
* Indicates partial coverage
Table 11-2 Obstacle Database Coverage
Charts
NOTE: It is very important to note that not all obstacles are necessarily
charted and therefore may not be contained in the Obstacle Database.
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Obstacle Database Areas of Coverage
Obstacle databases created for GTN software version 5.10 or later include
all power lines or only HOT lines depending on the type of obstacle database
installed. Hazardous Obstacle Transmission (HOT) Lines are those power lines
that are co-located with other FAA-identiﬁed obstacles. The installed obstacle
database type can be veriﬁed on the System Status page. Power line data is
available for the contiguous United States as well as small parts of Canada and
Mexico.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-4
190-01007-03-Final.indb 4
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:46 PM
11.3
Terrain Proximity
Foreword
Garmin Terrain Proximity is a non-TSO-C151c-certiﬁed terrain awareness
system provided as a standard feature of GTN 7XX to increase situational
awareness and help reduce controlled ﬂight into terrain (CFIT). Terrain may be
displayed on the Map and Terrain pages.
Terrain Proximity uses information provided from the GPS receiver to
provide a horizontal position and altitude. GPS altitude is derived from satellite
measurements. GPS altitude is converted to a Mean Sea Level (MSL)-based
altitude (GSL altitude) and is used to determine Terrain alerts. GSL altitude
accuracy is affected by factors such as satellite geometry, but it is not subject
to variations in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude
devices. GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL
altitude. Therefore, GPS altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL
altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts.
Terrain utilizes terrain and obstacle databases that are referenced to mean
sea level (MSL). Using the GPS position and GSL altitude, Terrain displays a
2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and
altitude of the aircraft. In this manner, Terrain Proximity can provide advanced
alerts of predicted dangerous terrain conditions.
Terrain requires the following to operate properly:
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
• The system must have a valid 3-D GPS position solution.
• The system must have a valid terrain/obstacle database.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
View
Layers
System
360
Arc
Messages
Flight Plan
Legend
Symbols
Figure 11-1 Terrain Proximity Page Functional Diagram
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 5
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-5
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:46 PM
Foreword
11.3.1
Displaying Terrain Proximity
The Terrain page is in the Terrain function.
Getting
Started
1. Touch the Terrain key on the Home page.
Terrain Page Title
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Heading Annunciation
Active Flight Plan Leg
Com/Nav
Aircraft GSL Value
(GPS Derived)
Red Terrain Is Above Or
Within 100 ft Below The
Aircraft Altitude
FPL
Direct-To
Ownship Position
Range Rings
Proc
Yellow Terrain Is Between
100 ft and 1000 ft Below
The Aircraft Altitude
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Icon shows
point obstacle
overlay is active
(software version
5.12, or later)
Terrain Menu Key
Terrain Type
Icon shows wire obstacle
overlay is active (software
version 5.12, or later)
Figure 11-2 Terrain Page
Weather
2. Touch the Menu key for options.
Nearest
Selected View Flight Plan Selected To Show
Services/
Music
Terrain and Obstacle
Legend Selected To
Show
Utilities
System
Figure 11-3 Terrain Menu Options
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-6
190-01007-03-Final.indb 6
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:46 PM
11.3.1.1
Terrain Page 120° Arc or 360° Rings
Foreword
Select the 120º Arc or 360º rings overlay for the Terrain page with either the
360 or Arc keys from the Menu.
1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key.
2. Touch the 360º or Arc key.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Outer Arc Range Heading Annunciation
Direct-To
Aircraft GSL Value
(GPS Derived)
Proc
120° Arc Outline
Charts
Red Terrain Is Above Or
Within 100 ft Below The
Aircraft Altitude
Wpt Info
Map
Yellow Terrain Is Between
100 ft and 1000 ft Below
The Aircraft Altitude
Terrain Scale Obstacle Scale (software
version 6.00, or later)
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Terrain Type
Weather
Figure 11-4 Terrain 120° Arc View
11.3.1.2 Display Flight Plan on Terrain Page
Select the display of the active ﬂight plan on the Terrain page.
Touch the Flight Plan key to toggle the display of active ﬂight
plan on or off.
11.3.1.3 Display Terrain and Obstacle Legend
Select the display of the Terrain Legend on the Terrain page.
Touch the Legend key to toggle the display of the Terrain
Legend on or off.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 7
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-7
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:46 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
11.3.2
Terrain Limitations
Terrain Proximity displays terrain and obstructions relative to the altitude of the
aircraft. The displayed alerts are advisory in nature only. Individual obstructions
may be shown if available in the database. However, all obstructions may not
be available in the database and data may be inaccurate. Terrain information
should be used as an aid to situational awareness. Never use this information for
navigation or to maneuver to avoid obstacles.
Terrain Proximity uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by
government sources. The displayed information should never be understood as
being all-inclusive.
NOTE: The data contained in the Terrain databases comes from
government agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates
the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
Proc
Charts
NOTE: TERRAIN, TAWS-A, TAWS-B, HTAWS, or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY
functionality will be available via the Terrain page, depending on the
installed hardware and conﬁguration. HTAWS or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY
are available in software version 4.00, or later. TAWS-A is available in
software version 5.00, or later.
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-8
190-01007-03-Final.indb 8
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:46 PM
11.4
Terrain Awareness and Warning System
(TAWS-B) Optional
Foreword
TAWS (Terrain Awareness and Warning System) is an optional feature to
increase situational awareness and aid in reducing controlled ﬂight into terrain
(CFIT). TAWS provides visual and aural annunciations when terrain and
obstacles are within the given altitude threshold from the aircraft.
TAWS satisﬁes TSO-C151c Class B requirements for certiﬁcation. Class B
TAWS is required for all Part 91 turbine aircraft operations with six or more
passenger seats and for Part 135 turbine aircraft operations with six to nine
passenger seats (FAR Parts 91.223, 135.154).
11.4.1
TAWS-B Requirements
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
TAWS requires the following to operate properly:
Charts
• A valid terrain/obstacle database
Wpt Info
• A valid 3-D GPS position solution
11.4.2
TAWS-B Limitations
Map
NOTE: The data contained in the TAWS databases comes from government
agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the data but
cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
TAWS displays terrain and obstructions relative to the altitude of the aircraft.
Compliance with TAWS B alerts and warnings is MANDATORY. When a TAWS
B “pull up” annunciation is issued, the pilot is required to pull up.
TAWS uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government sources.
Terrain information is based on terrain elevation information in a database that
may contain inaccuracies. Individual obstructions may be shown if available in
the database. The data undergoes veriﬁcation by Garmin to conﬁrm accuracy of
the content, per TSO-C151c.
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 9
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-9
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:46 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
11.4.3
TAWS uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal
position and altitude. GPS altitude is derived from satellite measurements. GPS
altitude is converted to a Mean Sea Level (MSL)-based altitude (GSL altitude)
and is used to determine TAWS alerts. GSL altitude accuracy is affected by
factors such as satellite geometry, but it is not subject to variations in pressure
and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude devices. GSL altitude does
not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude. Therefore, GPS
altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to calculate
terrain and obstacle alerts.
The terrain and obstacle databases used by TAWS are referenced to Mean Sea
Level. Using the GPS position and GSL altitude, TAWS displays a 2-D picture of
the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of the
aircraft. Furthermore, the GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate
and “predict” the aircraft’s ﬂight path in relation to the surrounding terrain
and obstacles. In this manner, TAWS can provide advanced alerts of predicted
dangerous terrain conditions.
11.4.4
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Computing GPS Altitude for TAWS
Baro-Corrected Altitude Versus GSL Altitude
Baro-corrected altitude (or indicated altitude) is derived by adjusting the
altimeter setting for local atmospheric conditions. The most accurate barocorrected altitude can be achieved by frequently updating the altimeter setting
to the nearest reporting station along the ﬂight path. However, because actual
atmospheric conditions seldom match the standard conditions deﬁned by the
International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) model (where pressure, temperature,
and lapse rates have ﬁxed values), it is common for the baro-corrected altitude
(as read from the altimeter) to differ from the GSL altitude. This variation results
in the aircraft’s true altitude differing from the baro-corrected altitude.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-10
190-01007-03-Final.indb 10
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:46 PM
11.4.5
Using TAWS-B
Foreword
During unit power-up, the terrain/obstacle database versions are displayed.
At the same time, TAWS self-test begins. One of the following aural messages is
generated:
• “TAWS System Test OK”
• “TAWS System Failure”
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
TAWS information can be displayed on the Map page. Terrain and obstacles
with heights greater than 200 feet Above Ground Level (AGL) are displayed
in yellow and red. The GTN 7XX adjusts colors automatically as the aircraft
altitude changes.
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
View
360
Arc
Trafﬁc
Layers
Flight Plan
Legend
Terrain
TAWS
TAWS Inhibit
Test TAWS
Weather
Figure 11-5 TAWS-B Page Functional Diagram
11.4.6
Nearest
Displaying TAWS-B Data
TAWS uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and obstacles
alerts relative to aircraft altitude. Colors are adjusted automatically as the aircraft
altitude changes. The colors and symbols shown below are used to represent
terrain, obstacles, and threat locations. Obstacles are removed when more than
2000 ft below the aircraft.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 11
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-11
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:47 PM
Threat Location
Foreword
Terrain above or
within 100 ft
below the aircraft
altitude (Red)
Projected Flight Path
100 ft Threshold
Getting
Started
Unlighted Obstacle
1000 ft
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the
aircraft altitude (Yellow)
Com/Nav
Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude (Black)
Figure 11-6 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for TAWS-B
FPL
Unlighted Obstacle
Threat
Location Terrain
< 1000 ft > 1000 ft < 1000 ft > 1000 ft Indicator Color
AGL
AGL
AGL
AGL
Direct-To
Proc
Lighted Obstacle
Charts
Red
Wpt Info
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Obstacle Symbol
Map
Yellow
White
Terrain/
Obstacle
between
1000 ft and
2000 ft
below current
aircraft
altitude
Utilities
System
Alert
Level
Terrain/
Obstacle at or
within 100 ft WARNING
below current
(Red)
aircraft
altitude
Terrain/
Obstacle
between
100 ft and
1000 ft
below current
aircraft
altitude
Nearest
Services/
Music
Terrain/
Obstacle
Location
CAUTION
(Yellow)
Table 11-3 TAWS-B Terrain/Obstacle Colors and Symbology
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-12
190-01007-03-Final.indb 12
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:47 PM
Tower
Windmill
Windmill in Group
Power Line
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Table 11-4 Obstacle Icon Types
Grouped obstacles are shown with an asterisk (as shown in the Windmill in
Group example above). The color of the asterisks is tied to the relative altitude
of the highest obstacle in the group, not other obstacles within that group.
Obstacles are grouped when they would otherwise overlap.
11.4.7
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid
heading. If orientation is not heading up, it will be track up. Two views are
available relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the
radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range is adjustable with the In and Out keys
from 1 to 200 NM, as indicated by the map range rings (or arcs).
Terrain Page Layers
1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key.
Select Terrain View
FPL
Direct-To
TAWS-B Page
TAWS information is displayed on the Map and Terrain pages. The TAWS
Page is specialized to show terrain, obstacle, and threat location data in relation
to the aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Flight plan
information (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs) included in the ﬂight plan are
displayed for reference. If an obstacle and the projected ﬂight path of the aircraft
intersect, the display automatically zooms in to the closest threat location on the
TAWS Page.
11.4.7.1
Com/Nav
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Select Displayed Layer
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Select TAWS Function
Figure 11-7 Terrain Page TAWS-B Menu
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 13
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
Appendix
11-13
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:47 PM
2. Touch the Flight Plan key to toggle the display of the active
ﬂight plan.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Flight Plan
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Terrain Overlay
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Terrain
Legend
Obstacle Legend
(software
version 6.00, or
later)
Icon shows point obstacle
overlay is active (software
version 5.12, or later)
3. Touch the Legend key to toggle the display of the Terrain and
Obstacle legend.
Trafﬁc
Weather
Icon shows wire obstacle overlay is
active (software version 5.12, or later)
Figure 11-8 Flight Plan and Legend Shown On TAWS-B Terrain Page
Map
Terrain
TAWS-B
Annunciation
11.4.7.2 Terrain Page View
Select the 120º Arc or 360º rings overlay for the Terrain page with either the
360 or Arc keys from the Menu.
1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key.
Nearest
2. Touch the 360º or Arc key.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
11.4.7.3 Terrain Page TAWS-B Selections
The TAWS selections allow you to inhibit aural TAWS alerts and to send a
request to the TAWS equipment to run its internal tests. After cycling power,
TAWS will no longer be inhibited.
1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key.
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-14
190-01007-03-Final.indb 14
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:47 PM
2. Touch the TAWS Inhibit key to toggle the inhibiting of TAWS
alerts.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Test TAWS - Only
Available on
Ground
TAWS Alerts
Inhibited
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
TAWS Inhibited
Annunciation
Direct-To
Figure 11-9 TAWS-B Alerts Inhibited Selected
3. Touch the Test TAWS key to test the TAWS system. This function
is not available when the aircraft is in the air.
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
TAWS Test
Display
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
TAWS Test
Annunciation
Nearest
Figure 11-10 TAWS-B Test Selected
11.4.8
Services/
Music
TAWS-B Alerts
Alerts are issued when ﬂight conditions meet parameters that are set within
TAWS software algorithms. When an alert is issued, visual annunciations are
displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued. TAWS alert types are
shown in the TAWS Alerts Summary with corresponding annunciations and
aural messages.
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the TAWS page. If the
TAWS page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the page
being viewed.
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 15
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-15
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:48 PM
Foreword
Obstacle Group
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Blinking Message
Com/Nav
Touch To Remove
Pop-Up And Remain
On Current Page
Touch To Display
Terrain Page
FPL
TAWS Annunciation
Direct-To
Proc
Figure 11-11 Terrain Alert Pop-Up
To acknowledge the pop-up alert:
Touch the Go to Terrain key (accesses the TAWS Page)
Charts
OR
Wpt Info
Touch the Close key to remove the pop-up alert
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
If the pilot takes no action, the pop-up will be removed when the alert is no
longer active.
11.4.8.1 TAWS-B Alerting Colors and Symbology
Color and symbols are also associated with TAWS alerts. The alert
annunciations show in the bottom left corner of the display. The three TAWS
alert levels and their associated text coloring as well as any associated symbology
are shown in the following table.
Alert Level
Annunciator Text
Warning
White text on red
background
Caution
Black text on yellow
background
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Informational
Appendix
Index
11-16
190-01007-03-Final.indb 16
Threat Location
Indicator
Example Visual Annunciation
Black text on white
Not Applicable
background
Table 11-5 TAWS-B Alert Colors and Symbology
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:48 PM
Alert Type
Alert
Annunciation
Excessive Descent Rate
Warning (EDR-W)
FLTA Terrain Warning
(RTC-W, ITI-W)
FLTA Obstacle Warning
(ROC-W, IOI-W)
FLTA Wire Warning
(ILI-W, RLC-W)
FLTA Terrain Caution
(RTC-C, ITI-C)
FLTA Obstacle Caution
(ROC-C, IOI-C)
FLTA Wire Caution
(ILI-C, RLC-C)
Premature Descent
Alert Caution (PDA)
Excessive Descent Rate
Caution (EDR-C)
Negative Climb Rate
Caution (NCR-C)
Voice Call Out
(VCO-500)
None
Aural Message
Foreword
“Pull Up”
Getting
Started
“Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead,
Pull Up”*
or
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead,
Pull Up”*
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
"Wire Ahead Pull Up, Wire Ahead Pull
Up"
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”*
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”*
or
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
"Wire Ahead"
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
“Too Low, Terrain”
Weather
“Sink Rate”
Nearest
Services/
Music
“Don’t Sink”*
or
“Too Low, Terrain”
“Five-Hundred”
Utilities
System
Messages
* Alerts with multiple messages are conﬁgurable at installation and are installationdependent. Alerts for the default conﬁguration are indicated with asterisks.
Table 11-6 TAWS-B Alerts Summary
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 17
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-17
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:48 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
11.4.8.2 Excessive Descent Rate Alert
The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide
notiﬁcation when the aircraft is determined to be descending upon terrain at an
excessive rate. The parameters for the alert as deﬁned by TSO-C151c are shown
below.

Com/Nav

Height Above Terrain (Feet)
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map

IN
"S

"PULL UP"

Trafﬁc

$ESCENT 2ATE
Terrain
Figure 11-12 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria
Weather
11.4.8.3
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC), Reduced Required Line
Clearance (RLC), and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC) alerts
are issued when the aircraft ﬂight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come
within the minimum clearance values in the FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and
Obstacle Clearance Values table. When an RTC, RLC, and/or a ROC alert is
issued, a threat location indicator is displayed on the TAWS Page.
Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI), Imminent Line Impact (ILI), and
Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the aircraft is below
the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path. ITI, ILI,
and IOI alerts are accompanied by a threat location indicator displayed on the
TAWS Page. The alert is annunciated when the projected vertical ﬂight path is
calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in the following table.
11-18
190-01007-03-Final.indb 18
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:48 PM
Minimum Clearance Altitude (feet)
Level Flight
Descending
700
500
350
300
150
100
100
100
Flight Phase
En Route
Terminal
Approach
Departure
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Table 11-7 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values
During ﬁnal approach, FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the
aircraft is below 200 feet AGL while within 0.5 NM of the approach runway or
below 125 feet AGL while within 1.0 NM of the runway threshold.
11.4.8.4
Direct-To
Proc
Premature Descent Alerting
A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the
aircraft is signiﬁcantly below the normal approach path to a runway.
PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is within 15 NM of the destination
airport and ends when the aircraft is either 0.5 NM from the runway threshold
or is at an altitude of 125 feet AGL while within 1.0 NM of the threshold. During
the ﬁnal descent, algorithms set a threshold for alerting based on speed, distance,
and other parameters.

(EIGHT !BOVE 4ERRAIN &EET
FPL
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music
0$! !LERTING !REA

Utilities
2UNWAY
4HRESHOLD

$ISTANCE &ROM $ESTINATION !IRPORT NM
System
Figure 11-13 PDA Alerting Threshold
PDA and FLTA aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited. Discretion
should be used when inhibiting TAWS and the system should be enabled when
appropriate. When TAWS is inhibited, the alert annunciation “TER INHB” is
shown.
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 19
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-19
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:48 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
11.4.8.5
Inhibiting/Enabling TAWS-B PDA/FLTA Alerting
TAWS also has an inhibit mode that deactivates the PDA/FLTA aural and
visual alerts. Pilots should use discretion when inhibiting TAWS and always
remember to enable the system when appropriate. Only the PDA and FLTA
alerts are disabled in the inhibit mode. After cycling power, TAWS will no longer
be inhibited.
Com/Nav
FPL
Touch To Toggle
TAWS Inhibit.
TAWS Inhibited
shown.
Direct-To
Terrain (TAWS)
Inhibited
Annunciation
Proc
Charts
Figure 11-14 TAWS-B Alerting Disabled (TAWS Inhibited) Annunciation
Wpt Info
1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key.
Map
2. Touch the TAWS Inhibit key to inhibit or enable TAWS (choice
dependent on current state). A green bar in the key indicates
the TAWS is inhibited.
Trafﬁc
Terrain
11.4.8.6
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Negative Climb Rate After Take-Off Alert (NCR)
The Negative Climb Rate (NCR) After Take-Off alert (also referred to as
“Altitude Loss After Take-Off”) provides alerts when the system determines the
aircraft is losing altitude (closing upon terrain) after takeoff. The aural message
“Don’t Sink” is given for NCR alerts, accompanied by an annunciation and a
pop-up terrain alert on the display. NCR alerting is only active when departing
from an airport and when the following conditions are met:
• Height above the terrain is less than 700 feet
System
Messages
• Distance from the departure airport is 2 NM or less
• Heading change from the departure heading is less than 110º
The NCR alerting parameters as deﬁned by TSO-C151c are shown below.
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-20
190-01007-03-Final.indb 20
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:48 PM
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
“DON’T SINK”
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Altitude Loss (Feet)
Charts
Figure 11-15 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Altitude Loss
Wpt Info
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
Map
Trafﬁc
“DON’T SINK”
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Sink Rate (FPM)
System
Figure 11-16 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Sink Rate
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 21
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-21
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:49 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
11.4.8.7 Altitude Voice Call Out (VCO)
TAWS-B provides aural advisory alerts as the aircraft descends, beginning at
500 feet above the terrain, as determined by the radar altimeter (if greater than
5 NM from the nearest airport) or 500 feet above the nearest runway threshold
elevation (if less than 5 NM from the nearest airport). Upon descent to this
altitude, TAWS-B issues the aural alert message “Five-hundred”.
11.4.8.8 TAWS-B Not Available Alert
TAWS-B requires a 3-D GPS position solution along with speciﬁc vertical
accuracy minimums. Should the position solution become degraded or if the
aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation “TAWS N/A” is
generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS-B page. The aural
message “TAWS Not Available” is generated. When the GPS signal is reestablished and the aircraft is within the database coverage area, the aural
message “TAWS Available” is generated (when the aircraft is airborne).
11.4.8.9 TAWS-B Failure Alert
TAWS-B continually monitors several system-critical items such as database
validity, hardware status, and GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not
available, the aural message “TAWS System Failure” is generated along with a
“TAWS FAIL” annunciation.
11.4.9
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
TAWS-B System Status
During power-up, TAWS-B conducts a self-test of its aural and visual
annunciations. The system test can also be manually initiated. An aural alert is
issued at test completion. TAWS System Testing is disabled when ground speed
exceeds 30 knots.
Alert
Alert Type
Aural Message
Annunciation
TAWS Available
None
“TAWS Available”
TAWS System Test in Progress
TAWS System Test Pass
None
None
“TAWS System Test OK”
TAWS Not Available
TAWS N/A
None
TAWS Alerting is Disabled
Symbols
TAWS System Test Fail
Appendix
Index
“TAWS System Failure”
Table 11-8 TAWS-B System Test Status Annunciations
11-22
190-01007-03-Final.indb 22
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:49 PM
11.5
HTAWS (Optional)
11.5.1
Introduction
Foreword
Getting
Started
NOTE: TERRAIN, TAWS, HTAWS, or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY functionality will
be available via the Terrain page, depending on the installed hardware and
conﬁguration. HTAWS or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY are available in software
version 4.00, or later.
11.5.1.1 Overview
Garmin’s Helicopter Terrain Awareness Warning System (HTAWS) is an
optional feature to increase situational awareness and aid in reducing controlled
ﬂight into terrain. Garmin HTAWS is TSO-C194 authorized. Units installed in
helicopters that do not have HTAWS installed will display HTerrain Proximity.
This is noted by the ﬁve color terrain scale which is appropriate to the low
altitude operating environment for helicopters.
HTAWS provides visual and aural annunciations when terrain and obstacles
are a hazard to the aircraft.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
HTAWS Relative
Terrain Depiction
Terrain
Rotorcraft Ownship
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Figure 11-17 Map Page with Terrain
Utilities
NOTE: HTAWS-enabled units can be identiﬁed by going to the Terrain
page and checking the lower right-corner for “HTAWS.”
11.5.1.2
Operating Criteria
Messages
Garmin HTAWS requires the following to operate properly:
• The system must have a valid 3D GPS position solution
• The system must have a valid terrain/obstacle database.
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 23
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
System
Symbols
Appendix
11-23
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:49 PM
Foreword
11.5.1.3
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes
from government agencies. Garmin accurately processes and crossvalidates the data, but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness
of the data.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
HTAWS displays terrain and obstructions relative to the ﬂight path of the
aircraft. Individual obstructions may be shown if available in the database.
However, all obstructions may not be available in the database and data may be
inaccurate. Never use this information for navigation.
Direct-To
NOTE: Terrain databases do not consistently represent foliage. Some trees
may extend above HTAWS protection limits in some operating modes.
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Limitations
Terrain information is based on terrain elevation data contained in a database
that may contain inaccuracies. Terrain information should be used as an aid
to situational awareness. Never use it for navigation or to maneuver to avoid
terrain.
HTAWS uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government
sources. The data undergoes veriﬁcation by Garmin to conﬁrm accuracy of the
content. However, the displayed information should never be understood as
being all-inclusive.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11.5.2
HTAWS Operation
11.5.2.1
HTAWS Alerting
HTAWS uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide
a horizontal position and altitude. GPS altitude is derived from satellite
measurements. GPS altitude is converted to a mean sea level (MSL)-based
altitude (GSL altitude) and is used to determine HTAWS alerts. GSL altitude
accuracy is affected by factors such as satellite geometry, but it is not subject
to variations in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude
devices. GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL
altitude. Therefore, GPS altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL
altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts.
HTAWS utilizes terrain and obstacle databases that are referenced to mean
sea level (MSL). Using the GPS position and GSL altitude, HTAWS displays a
2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and
11-24
190-01007-03-Final.indb 24
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:49 PM
altitude of the aircraft. The GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate
and “predict” the aircraft’s ﬂight path in relation to the surrounding terrain and
obstacles. In this manner, HTAWS can provide advanced alerts of predicted
dangerous terrain conditions. Detailed alert modes are described later in this
section.
11.5.2.2
Power Up
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
During power-up of the unit, the terrain/obstacle database versions are
displayed along with a disclaimer to the pilot. At the same time, HTAWS selftest begins. HTAWS gives the following aural messages upon test completion:
FPL
Direct-To
• “HTAWS System Test, OK”, if the system passes the test
• “HTAWS System Failure”, if the system fails the test
Proc
A test failure is also annunciated visually for HTAWS, as shown in the HTAWS
Alert Summary table.
11.5.3
Foreword
HTAWS Page
Charts
Wpt Info
HTAWS is shown on the Terrain page when HTAWS is available.
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
120º Arc View
Relative Terrain
Elevation depiction
Rotorcraft
Ownship
Icon shows point
obstacle overlay
is active (software
version 5.12, or later)
Nearest
Services/
Music
HTAWS
Annunciation
Utilities
Icon shows wire obstacle
overlay is active (software
version 5.12, or later)
System
Figure 11-18 Terrain/HTAWS Page
Messages
Terrain information, aircraft ground track, and GPS-derived MSL altitude are
displayed on the page. The “GSL” above altitude display in the top right corner
of the display reminds the pilot that altitude is GPS-derived.
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 25
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-25
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:49 PM
Foreword
The HTAWS page menu provides options to acknowledge caution
alerts, reduce protection, or inhibit alerting.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Figure 11-19 HTAWS Terrain Menu
FPL
Direct-To
11.5.3.1 View Selection
The HTAWS Page has two selectable view settings:
Proc
Charts
HTAWS Terrain
Colorization Overlay
Wpt Info
Rotorcraft Ownship
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
360º View
Terrain Legend
Obstacle
Legend
(software
version 6.00,
or later)
Figure 11-20 Terrain Page with HTAWS - 360° View
• 360˚ View—View from above aircraft depicting surrounding terrain on
all sides.
• Arc (120˚) View—View of terrain ahead of and 60˚ to either side of the
aircraft ﬂight path.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
NOTE: If a heading source is available the HTAWS page will be oriented
heading up. If no heading source is available the HTAWS page will be
oriented track up.
System
1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS Page, touch MENU.
Touch Arc or 360˚.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-26
190-01007-03-Final.indb 26
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:50 PM
2. Touch Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display. The
HTAWS Page displays the selected view. Repeat step 1 to
select the alternate view, and touch Back.
11.5.3.2
HTAWS Inhibit
HTAWS provides an “inhibit mode.” This mode deactivates aural and visual
alerts when they are deemed unnecessary by the aircrew. Pilots should use
discretion when inhibiting the HTAWS system and always remember to enable
the system when appropriate. VCO’s are not inhibited in Inhibit Mode. See section
3 for more information on HTAWS alerts. When alerting is inhibited, all FLTA
aural and visual alerting is suppressed. HTAWS should only be inhibited when
in visual contact with terrain and when the pilot can be assured of maintaining
clearance from terrain and obstacles. When conducting en route operations and
operations from published airports and heliports, HTAWS should be operated
in Normal mode. HTAWS conﬁgured units will always start up with HTAWS
alerts uninhibited.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
To inhibit HTAWS alerts:
1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS page, touch MENU.
Map
2. Touch HTAWS Inhibit. The green bar will show when HTAWS
Inhibit is active.
3. Touch Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display. The HTAWS
alerts are inhibited. The
annunciation is displayed
in the terrain annunciator ﬁeld whenever HTAWS is inhibited.
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
NOTE: When the ground speed is less than 30 knots HTAWS
will automatically display the “HTAWS INHB” annunciation.
This indicates that HTAWS is no longer providing protection.
This automatic “TAWS INHB” cannot be removed by menu option selection.
Menu selections for INHIBIT HTAWS and RP Mode remain available when
HTAWS is automatically inhibited due to groundspeed. If the pilot selects
a mode on the menu while HTAWS is auto inhibited because it is less than
30 knots then the unit will enter that mode once ground speed exceeds 30
knots. Hence, the presence of these selections on the Menu.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 27
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-27
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:50 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
11.5.3.3
External HTAWS Inhibit Control
An optional installation is allowed for providing an external HTAWS Inhibit
switch. Touching the external HTAWS Inhibit switch toggles the HTAWS inhibit
on and off in the same manner as using the Terrain Menu selection.
11.5.3.4
Reduced Protection Mode
The Reduce Protection (RP) functionality allows operating with a reduction
in the alerting thresholds, and suppresses visual and aural annunciation of
caution alerts. Reduced protection allows low level operations and landings off
airport with a minimum number of alerts while continuing to provide protection
from terrain and obstacles. Reduced Protection should only be selected when
operating in visual contact with the terrain as alerting times are signiﬁcantly less
than in normal mode. There is support for an external RP Mode switch and an
external Alert Acknowledge switch.
To toggle protection:
Wpt Info
1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS Page, touch MENU.
Map
2. Touch the RP Mode key to toggle the RP mode on and off.
The green bar will show when RP mode is active.
Trafﬁc
Terrain
3. Touch Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display. The “RP
Mode” annunciation is displayed in the terrain annunciator
ﬁeld and in the lower right corner of the terrain page whenever
protection is reduced.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-28
190-01007-03-Final.indb 28
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:50 PM
11.5.3.5
HTAWS Manual Test
Foreword
Garmin HTAWS provides a manual test capability which veriﬁes the proper
operation of the aural and visual annunciations of the system prior to a ﬂight.
To manually test the HTAWS system:
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS Page, touch MENU.
Com/Nav
2. Touch the Test HTAWS key.
FPL
3. Touch Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display.
Direct-To
Proc
An aural message is played giving the test results:
• “HTAWS System Test, OK” if the system passes the test
• “HTAWS System Failure” if the system fails the test
Charts
NOTE: HTAWS System Testing is disabled when in the air so as not to
impede HTAWS alerting.
11.5.3.6
HTAWS Legend
1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS page, touch MENU.
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
2. Touch the Legend key to toggle the legend on or off. The
green bar will show when the Legend is active.
Weather
3. Touch Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 11-21 HTAWS Terrain and Obstacle Legend
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 29
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-29
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:50 PM
Color
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Black
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Description
Terrain is more than 250 ft above the aircraft.
Terrain is between 0 ft and 250 ft above the aircraft.
Terrain is between 250 ft and 0 ft below the aircraft.
Terrain is between 250 ft and 500 ft below the aircraft.
Terrain is more than 500 ft below the aircraft.
Table 11-9 HTAWS Terrain Altitude Color Description
FPL
Red
Direct-To
Terrain is more than 250 ft
above the aircraft altitude
Aircraft Altitude +250 ft
Orange Terrain is between 250 ft and 0 ft
above the aircraft altitude
Proc
Aircraft Altitude
Yellow
Terrain is between 0 ft and 250 ft
below the aircraft altitude
Green
Terrain is between 250 ft and 500 ft
below the aircraft altitude
Black
Terrain more than 500 ft
below the aircraft altitude
Aircraft Altitude -250 ft
Charts
Aircraft Altitude -500 ft
Wpt Info
Figure 11-22 HTAWS Terrain Altitude Colors
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-30
190-01007-03-Final.indb 30
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:50 PM
11.5.3.7
Flight Plan Overlay
1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS page, touch MENU.
Foreword
Getting
Started
2. Touch the Flight Plan key to toggle the overlay of the active
ﬂight plan on or off. The green bar will show when the Flight
Plan overlay is shown.
3. Touch Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
11.5.4
HTAWS Symbols
Direct-To
The symbols and colors in the following ﬁgures and table are used to represent
obstacles and the location of terrain threats on the HTAWS Page. Each color is
associated with a height above terrain.
Proc
Charts
Obstacles are ALWAYS shown on the TAWS page at 10 NM and below.
NOTE: If an obstacle or terrain cell and the projected ﬂight path of the
aircraft intersect, the display automatically zooms in to the closest threat
location on the HTAWS Page.
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Tower
Windmill
Windmill in Group
Power Line
Terrain
Weather
Table 11-10 Obstacle Icon Types
Nearest
Grouped obstacles are shown with an asterisk (as shown in the Windmill in
Group example above). The color of the asterisks is tied to the relative altitude
of the highest obstacle in the group, not other obstacles within that group.
Obstacles are grouped when they would otherwise overlap.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 31
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-31
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:50 PM
Foreword
Unlighted Obstacle
Getting
Started
< 1000 ft
AGL
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Lighted Obstacle
> 1000 ft < 1000 ft > 1000 ft
AGL
AGL
AGL
Obstacle
Obstacle Location
Color
Red
Com/Nav
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Obstacle Symbol
FPL
Yellow
White
Wpt Info
Map
Obstacle is at or
above current
aircraft altitude
Obstacle is between
250 ft and 0 ft
below current
aircraft altitude
Obstacle is 250 ft, or
more, below current
aircraft altitude.
Obstacles are
removed when more
than 500 ft below
the helicopter.
Table 11-11 HTAWS Obstacle Colors and Symbology
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Obstacle is at or above the aircraft altitude (Red)
Weather
250 ft
Nearest
Obstacle is between 250 ft and 0 ft
below the aircraft altitude (Yellow)
Obstacle is 250 ft, or more,
below the aircraft altitude (White)
Services/
Music
Figure 11-23 HTAWS Obstacle Altitude Colors and Symbology
Utilities
System
Threat Location Indicator
Alert Level
WARNING (Red)
Messages
CAUTION (Yellow)
Symbols
Table 11-12 HTAWS Alert Coloring and Symbology
Appendix
Index
11-32
190-01007-03-Final.indb 32
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:51 PM
11.5.5
HTAWS Alerts
Alerts are issued when ﬂight conditions meet parameters that are set within
HTAWS software algorithms. HTAWS alerts employ either a CAUTION or a
WARNING alert severity level. When an alert is issued, visual annunciations
are displayed. Aural alerts are simultaneously issued. Annunciations appear in a
dedicated ﬁeld in the lower left corner of the display.
Annunciations are color-coded according to the HTAWS Alert Summary
table. Pop-up terrain alerts will occur if an HTAWS alert is activated while not
on the HTAWS page. There are two options when an alert is displayed:
To acknowledge the pop-up alert and return to the currently viewed
page:
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Touch the Close key.
Proc
To acknowledge the pop-up alert and quickly access the HTAWS Page:
Charts
Touch the ENT key.
NOTE: To further capture the attention of the pilot, HTAWS issues aural
(voice) messages that accompany visual annunciations and pop-up alerts.
For a summary of aural messages, see the HTAWS Alert Summary table.
NOTE: HTAWS Caution Alerts are displayed as constant black text on a
yellow background; HTAWS Warning Alerts are displayed as constant white
text on a red background.
11.5.5.1 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance
The unit will issue terrain alerts not only when the aircraft altitude is below
the terrain elevation but also when the aircraft is projected to come within
minimum clearance values of the terrain. This alerting, called Forward Looking
Terrain Avoidance (FLTA), is also provided for obstacles.
The FLTA functionality looks ahead of the aircraft using GPS position
information and the terrain and obstacle databases to provide alerts when
the predicted ﬂight path does not clear the terrain or obstacle by the required
clearance. The amount of clearance required varies depending on position
relative to airports and heliports, in order to reduce the occurrence of nuisance
alerting.
Any threat locations are depicted on the display. There are 2 levels of severity
for FLTA alerts. They are cautionary (amber) and warning (red) in nature and are
described in further detail below.
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 33
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-33
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:51 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
FLTA CAUTION—Estimated potential impact in approximately 30 seconds after a caution
pop-up alert and annunciation. FLTA caution alerts are accompanied by the aural message
“Caution Terrain; Caution Terrain”. Similarly, a “Caution Obstacle; Caution Obstacle” alert
is also provided. The time to an alert can vary with conditions, therefore there is no guarantee
of a 30 second caution alert being issued.
FLTA WARNING— Warning pop-up alerts are issued 15 seconds prior to an estimated potential
impact in normal mode and approximately 10 seconds in RP Mode. FLTA warning alerts are
accompanied by the aural message “Warning - Terrain, Terrain” . Similarly, a “Warning Obstacle, Obstacle” alert is also provided. The time to an alert can vary with conditions,
therefore there is no guarantee of a 15/10 second warning alert being issued.
The alerts are annunciated visually through the annunciator status bar, a
pop-up alert box, and the red and yellow areas on the HTAWS page. The alerts
are annunciated aurally through a voice message indicating the potential threat,
such as “Caution - Terrain, Terrain” or “Warning - Obstacle, Obstacle”.
11.5.5.2
HTAWS Voice Call Out Aural Alert
The purpose of the Voice Call Out (VCO) aural alert messages are to provide
an advisory alert to the pilot that the aircraft is between 500 feet and 100 feet
above terrain in 100 foot increments. When the aircraft descends within the
selected distance from the terrain, the aural message for the selected height
above terrain is generated. There are no display annunciations or pop-up alerts
that accompany the aural message. HTAWS allows an additional 50 foot VCO
alert with radar altimeter input.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-34
190-01007-03-Final.indb 34
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:51 PM
11.5.5.3
HTAWS Voice Call Out Selection
Foreword
The Voice Call Out (VCO) selection is available when HTAWS is installed. The
VCO functionality provides a voice annunciation of the aircraft’s height above
terrain or the nearest airport, heliport, runway, or helipad when that threshold
is ﬁrst crossed. The available call outs include “Five Hundred” through “One
Hundred” in one hundred foot intervals. The voice call outs can be enabled and
disabled through the Voice Call Outs Selection option on the System - Audio
page.
NOTE: VCOs are available down to 100 feet above terrain when HTAWS is
installed and use GSL above terrain to generate call outs (no radar altimeter
required). If a radar altimeter is interfaced to the GTN, alerts are available
down to 50 feet and the height above terrain when the radar altimeter is
used to generate the callouts.
To select the Voice Call Out choices in the System - Audio page, select the
Voice Call Out Selection item and then select the desired value.
1. From the Main page, touch System and then Audio.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
2. Touch the Voice Callouts key to view the Voice Call Outs
page.
Terrain
Weather
Audio Volume Bar Graph
Nearest
Audio Volume
Numeric Value
Touch To Adjust
Audio Volume
Services/
Music
Utilities
Touch To View
Maximum
Voice Call Outs
Touch To
Select Alert
Voice
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 11-24 Select Voice Call Outs from the System Audio Page
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 35
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-35
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:52 PM
3. Touch the MAX Voice Callout key to select the Voice Call
Outs.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Set
Maximum Voice
Call Out Range
Com/Nav
FPL
Maximum Voice
Call Out Range None Selected
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Figure 11-25 View the Maximum Voice Call Out Range (None Selected)
Map
4. The values above the selected value will be disabled (Off).
Trafﬁc
Touch To Set
Maximum Voice
Call Out Range 200 ft Selected
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Maximum Voice Call
Out Range - 200
feet Selected
System
Messages
Figure 11-26 View the Maximum Voice Call Out Range (200 ft Selected)
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-36
190-01007-03-Final.indb 36
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:52 PM
11.5.5.4
HTAWS Not Available Alert
Foreword
Garmin HTAWS requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with speciﬁc
vertical accuracy minimums. Should the navigation solution become degraded,
or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation “HTAWS
N/A” is shown in the annunciation window. When the GPS signal is reestablished and the aircraft is within the database coverage area, the “HTAWS
N/A” annunciation is removed.
11.5.5.5
HTAWS Failure Alert
Com/Nav
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
HTAWS Alert Summary
The aural alert voice gender is conﬁgurable to be either male or female. See
your Garmin installer for further information on conﬁguring the alert system.
HTAWS
Annunciation
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
FPL
HTAWS continually monitors several system-critical items, such as database
validity, hardware status, and GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not
available, the aural message “HTAWS System Failure” is issued along with the
“HTAWS FAIL” annunciation.
11.5.5.6
Getting
Started
Wpt Info
Map
Pop-Up Alert
Aural Message
Description
None
“HTAWS System Failure”
HTAWS has failed
None
None
HTAWS has been
inhibited by the
crew, or the
aircraft groundspeed is below 30
knots (automatic
inhibiting).
Trafﬁc
None
“HTAWS Not Available”
HTAWS not
available.
“Caution - Terrain, Terrain”
Forward Looking
Terrain Avoidance
Caution for
Terrain
“Warning - Terrain, Terrain”
Forward Looking
Terrain Avoidance
Warning for
Terrain
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 37
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-37
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:52 PM
Foreword
HTAWS
Annunciation
Pop-Up Alert
Getting
Started
Aural Message
Description
“Caution - Obstacle,
Obstacle”
Forward Looking
Terrain Avoidance
Caution for
Obstacle
“Warning - Obstacle,
Obstacle”
Forward Looking
Terrain Avoidance
Warning for
Obstacle
None
Alerting
thresholds
are reduced.
Visual and aural
annunciation of
caution alerts
are suppressed.
“Wire Ahead”
Forward Looking
Terrain Avoidance
Caution for Wire.
"Wire Ahead Pull Up, Wire
Ahead Pull Up"
Forward Looking
Terrain Avoidance
Warning for
Power Lines
“Five Hundred”
“Four Hundred”
“Three Hundred”
“Two Hundred”
“One Hundred”
"Fifty"
HTAWS provides
optional 500 ft
through 100 ft (in
100 ft increments)
altitude call
out alerts.
An additional
value of 50 ft
is available if a
radar altimeter is
installed.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
None
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
None
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
None
Utilities
System
Table 11-13 HTAWS Alert Summary
Messages
NOTE: HTAWS Caution Alerts are displayed as constant black text on a
yellow background; HTAWS Warning Alerts are displayed as constant white
text on a red background.
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-38
190-01007-03-Final.indb 38
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:53 PM
11.5.6
Pilot Actions
Foreword
If an HTAWS warning and associated aural are received, the pilot should
immediately maneuver the rotorcraft in response to the alert unless the terrain
or obstacle is clearly identiﬁed visually and determined by the pilot not to be a
factor to the safety of the operation.
A HTAWS caution alert indicates terrain or obstacle nearby. If possible
visually locate the terrain or obstacle for avoidance. A HTAWS warning alert
may follow a HTAWS caution unless the aircraft’s path towards the terrain or
obstacle is changed.
NOTE: Display of terrain and obstacles on the display is supplemental data
only. Maneuvering solely by reference to the terrain and obstacle data is
not recommended or authorized.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 39
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-39
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:53 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
11.6
TAWS-A (Optional)
11.6.1
Introduction
NOTE: TERRAIN, TAWS-A, TAWS-B, HTAWS, or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY
functionality will be available via the Terrain page, depending on the
installed hardware and conﬁguration. HTAWS or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY
are available in software version 4.00, or later. TAWS-A is available in
software version 5.00, or later.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
NOTE: The data contained in the TAWS databases comes from government
agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the data but
cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
TAWS-A (Terrain Awareness and Warning System - Class A) is an optional
feature to increase situational awareness and aid in reducing controlled ﬂight
into terrain (CFIT). TAWS-A provides visual and aural annunciations when
terrain and obstacles are within the given altitude threshold from the aircraft.
Map
TAWS-A satisﬁes TSO-C151c Class A and TSO-92c requirements for
certiﬁcation.
Trafﬁc
Class A TAWS requires the following components and will not work properly
without them:
Terrain
Weather
• A valid terrain/obstacle/airport terrain database
• A valid 3-D GPS position solution
• Valid ﬂap and landing gear status inputs
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
• A valid radar altimeter
TAWS-A uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government
sources. Terrain information is based on terrain elevation information in a
database that may contain inaccuracies. Individual obstructions may be shown if
available in the database. The data undergoes veriﬁcation by Garmin to conﬁrm
accuracy of the content, per TSO-C151c. However, the displayed information
should never be understood as being all-inclusive and data may be inaccurate.
TAWS-A uses information from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal
position and altitude, along with additional altitude input from the radar
altimeter. GPS altitude is derived from satellite measurements. GPS altitude is
then converted to a height above geodetic sea level (GSL), which is the height
above mean sea level (MSL) calculated geometrically. GSL altitude accuracy is
11-40
190-01007-03-Final.indb 40
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:53 PM
affected by factors such as satellite geometry, but it is not subject to variations
in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude devices. GSL
altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude.
Therefore, GSL altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude
source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts.
The terrain and obstacle databases used by TAWS-A are referenced to mean
sea level (MSL). Using the GPS position and GSL altitude, TAWS-A displays a
2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and
altitude of the aircraft. Furthermore, the GPS position and GSL altitude are used
to calculate and “predict” the aircraft’s ﬂight path in relation to the surrounding
terrain and obstacles. In this manner, TAWS-A can provide advanced alerts of
predicted dangerous terrain conditions.
Class A TAWS incorporates radar altimeter input with the GSL altitude to
provide a more accurate position reference when at lower altitudes for certain
alert types, and to retain a level of ground proximity warning capability in the
unlikely event of an airport, terrain or obstacle database failure.
Baro-corrected altitude (or indicated altitude) is derived by adjusting the
altimeter setting for local atmospheric conditions. The most accurate barocorrected altitude can be achieved by frequently updating the altimeter setting
to the nearest reporting station along the ﬂight path. However, because actual
atmospheric conditions seldom match the standard conditions deﬁned by the
International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) model (where pressure, temperature,
and lapse rates have ﬁxed values), it is common for the baro-corrected altitude
(as read from the altimeter) to differ from the GPS-MSL altitude. This variation
results in the aircraft’s true altitude differing from the baro-corrected altitude.
TAWS-A provides the following alert types:
• Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) Alerting, which consists of:
- Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) / Required Line Clearance (RLC) /
Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC) Alerting
- Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) / Imminent Line Impact (ILI) /
Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) Alerting
• Premature Descent Alerting (PDA)
• Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS) Alerting, which consists of:
- Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) Alerting
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 41
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
11-41
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:53 PM
- Excessive Closure Rate (ECR) to Terrain Alerting
Foreword
- Flight Into Terrain (FIT) Alerting
Getting
Started
- Negative Climb Rate (NCR) after takeoff Alerting
- Excessive below Glideslope/Glidepath Deviation (GSD) Alerting
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
- Altitude Voice Call Out (VCO) Alerting
11.6.1.1 Displaying TAWS-A Data
TAWS-A uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and
obstacle (with a height greater than 200 feet above ground level, AGL) alerts
relative to aircraft altitude. Depictions of obstacles more than 200 feet below the
aircraft are removed. Colors are adjusted automatically as the aircraft altitude
changes. The colors and symbols in Figure 11-28 and Tables 11-11 and 11-12
are used to represent terrain, obstacles, and threat locations.
Charts
Threat Location
Terrain above or
within 100 ft
below the aircraft
altitude (Red)
Projected Flight Path
100 ft Threshold
Wpt Info
Unlighted Obstacle
1000 ft
Map
Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the
aircraft altitude (Yellow)
Trafﬁc
Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude (Black)
Terrain
Figure 11-27 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for TAWS-A
Weather
Alert Level
Annunciator Text
Nearest
Warning
White text on red
background
Services/
Music
Caution
Black text on yellow
background
Utilities
Informational
System
Tower
Messages
Threat Location
Indicator
Example Visual Annunciation
Black text on white
Not Applicable
background
Table 11-14 TAWS-A Alert Colors and Symbology
Windmill
Windmill in Group
Power Line
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Table 11-15 Obstacle Icon Types
11-42
190-01007-03-Final.indb 42
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:53 PM
Grouped obstacles are shown with an asterisk (as shown in the Windmill in
Group example above). The color of the asterisks is tied to the relative altitude
of the highest obstacle in the group, not other obstacles within that group.
Obstacles are grouped when they would otherwise overlap.
Unlighted Obstacle
Threat
Location Terrain
< 1000 ft > 1000 ft < 1000 ft > 1000 ft Indicator Color
AGL
AGL
AGL
AGL
Obstacle Symbol
Yellow
11.6.2
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Lighted Obstacle
Red
Foreword
Terrain/
Obstacle
Location
Alert
Level
Terrain/
Obstacle
above or
WARNING
within 100 ft
(Red)
below current
aircraft
altitude
Terrain/
Obstacle
between
100 ft and
1000 ft
below current
aircraft
altitude
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
CAUTION
(Yellow)
Map
Trafﬁc
Table 11-16 TAWS-A Terrain/Obstacle Colors and Symbology
Terrain
TAWS-A Display
Weather
The TAWS-A Page shows terrain, obstacle, and threat location data in relation
to the aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aviation
data (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs) can be displayed for reference. If
an obstacle and the projected ﬂight path of the aircraft intersect, the display
automatically zooms in to the closest potential point of impact on the TAWS-A
Page.
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid
heading. Two views are available relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360°
default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range is adjustable
with the In and Out keys from 1 to 200 NM, as indicated by the map range rings
(or arcs).
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 43
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-43
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:53 PM
Terrain Page Title
Track Annunciation
Foreword
Getting
Started
Aircraft GSL Value
(GPS Derived)
Red Terrain Is Above Or
Within 100 ft Below The
Aircraft Altitude
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Range Arc
Yellow Terrain Is Between
100 ft and 1000 ft Below
The Aircraft Altitude
FPL
Direct-To
Ownship Position
Proc
Terrain Legend
Charts
Ostacle Legend (software
version 6.00, or later)
Terrain Type
Figure 11-28 TAWS-A Page with Arc View
Wpt Info
Terrain Page Title
Heading Annunciation
Map
Trafﬁc
Aircraft GSL Value
(GPS Derived)
Red Terrain Is Above
Or Within 100 ft Below
The Aircraft Altitude
Lighted
Tower
Obstacle
Terrain
Ownship Position
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
An Asterisk
Indicates
Grouped
Obstacles
Yellow Terrain Is
Between 100 ft and
1000 ft Below The
Aircraft Altitude
TAWS Annunciations
(all annunciations
shown on Terrain page)
Lighted
Windmill
Obstacle
TAWS Annunciations
(shown on all displays)
(+ indicates there are Range Arcs
more annunciations
and will show each
one for ﬁve seconds)
System
Messages
Symbols
Terrain Type
Figure 11-29 TAWS-A Page with 360° View
Appendix
Index
11-44
190-01007-03-Final.indb 44
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:53 PM
1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key.
Foreword
2. Selections are grouped by function: View, Layers, and TAWS.
Selected View Flight Plan Selected To Show
Terrain and
Obstacle Legend
Selected To Show
Test TAWS - Only
Available on
Ground
Flap Override
Selection
Glideslope Alert Ground Proximity TAWS Alerts
Warning System Inhibit
Inhibit
Inhibit
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Figure 11-30 TAWS-A Menu
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
View
360
Arc
Layers
Flight Plan
Legend
TAWS
Flap Override
G/S Inhibit
GPWS Inhibit
TAWS Inhibit
Test TAWS
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Figure 11-31 TAWS-A Page Functional Diagram
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 45
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-45
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:54 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
11.6.3
TAWS-A Alerts
Alerts are issued when ﬂight conditions meet parameters that are set
within TAWS-A software algorithms. TAWS-A alerts employ a CAUTION or a
WARNING alert severity level. When an alert is issued, visual annunciations are
displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued. TAWS-A alert types with
corresponding annunciations and aural messages are shown in Table 11-13.
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the display. The TAWS-A
Alert Annunciation is shown on the lower left part of the display. If the TAWS-A
Page is not already displayed, a pop-up alert appears while an alert is active.
Direct-To
Proc
Terrain Warning
Charts
Blinking Alert
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Touch To Remove
Pop-Up And Remain
On Current Page
TAWS Annunciation
Figure 11-32 Terrain Alert Pop-Up
Terrain
Weather
Touch To Display
Terrain Page
To acknowledge the pop-up alert:
Touch the Close key (returns to the currently viewed page), or
Nearest
Touch the Go to Terrain key (accesses the TAWS-A Page)
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-46
190-01007-03-Final.indb 46
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:54 PM
11.6.3.1
TAWS-A Alerts Summary
Alert Type
Reduced Required
Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
Imminent Terrain
Impact Warning (ITI)
Reduced Required
Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)
Imminent Obstacle
Impact Warning (IOI)
Alert
Annunciation
Foreword
Pop-Up Alert
(Except TAWS-A Page)
or
or
or
or
Aural
Message
“Terrain, Terrain;
Pull Up, Pull Up” *
or
“Terrain Ahead,
Pull Up; Terrain
Ahead, Pull Up”
“Terrain, Terrain;
Pull Up, Pull Up”*
or
"Terrain Ahead,
Pull Up; Terrain
Ahead, Pull Up”
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull
Up”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead,
Pull Up; Obstacle
Ahead, Pull Up”
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull
Up”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead,
Pull Up; Obstacle
Ahead, Pull Up”
Excessive Descent
Rate Warning (EDR)
“
Pull Up”
Excessive Closure
Rate Warning (ECR)
“
Pull Up”
Imminent Line
Impact Warning
(ILI)
"Wire Ahead, Pull
Up; Wire Ahead,
Pull Up"
or
"Wire, Wire; Pull
Up, Pull Up"
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 47
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-47
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:54 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Alert Type
Alert
Annunciation
Pop-Up Alert
(Except TAWS-A Page)
Reduced Line
Clearance Warning
(RLC)
"Wire Ahead, Pull
Up; Wire Ahead,
Pull Up"
or
"Wire, Wire; Pull
Up, Pull Up"
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Reduced Required
Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
Imminent Terrain
Impact Caution (ITI)
or
or
“Caution, Terrain;
Caution, Terrain”*
or
“Terrain Ahead;
Terrain Ahead”
“Caution, Terrain;
Caution, Terrain”
or
“Terrain Ahead;
Terrain Ahead”
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Reduced Required
Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)
or
Terrain
Weather
Imminent Obstacle
Impact Caution (IOI)
or
Nearest
Services/
Music
Messages
Symbols
“Caution,
Obstacle; Caution,
Obstacle”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead;
Obstacle Ahead”
“Obstacle Ahead;
Obstacle Ahead”*
or
“Caution, Obstacle;
Caution, Obstacle”
Imminent Line
Impact Caution (ILI)
"Wire Ahead; Wire
Ahead"*
or
"Caution, Wire;
Caution, Wire"
Reduced Line
Clearance Caution
(RLC)
"Wire Ahead; Wire
Ahead"*
or
"Caution, Wire;
Caution, Wire"
Utilities
System
Aural
Message
Premature Descent
Alert Caution (PDA)
“Too Low, Terrain”
Appendix
Index
11-48
190-01007-03-Final.indb 48
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:54 PM
Alert Type
Alert
Annunciation
Pop-Up Alert
(Except TAWS-A Page)
Aural
Message
Foreword
Excessive Descent
Rate Caution (EDR)
“Sink Rate”
Getting
Started
Excessive Closure
Rate Caution (ECR)
“Terrain, Terrain”
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Negative Climb
Rate Caution (NCR)
or
“Don’t Sink”*
or
“Too Low, Terrain”
Com/Nav
FPL
Flight Into Terrain
High Speed Caution
(FIT)
“Too Low, Terrain”
Flight Into Terrain
Gear Caution (FIT)
“Too Low, Gear”
Proc
Flight Into Terrain
Flaps Caution (FIT)
“Too Low, Flaps”
Charts
Flight Into Terrain
Takeoff Caution (FIT)
“Too Low, Terrain”
Wpt Info
Direct-To
Map
Glide Slope Deviation Caution (GSD)
“Glideslope”
Altitude Voice Call
Out (VCO)
None
“Five-Hundred”,
“Four-Hundred”*,
“Three-Hundred”*,
“Two-Hundred”*,
“One-Hundred”*
TAWS Available
None
Trafﬁc
None
Terrain
Weather
“TAWS Available”
Nearest
None
Services/
Music
N/A
“TAWS System
Test OK”
Utilities
TAWS N/A
N/A
TAWS Not
Available
System
TAWS Alerting is
Disabled
N/A
None
Messages
TAWS System Test
Fail
N/A
“TAWS System
Failure”
Symbols
TAWS System Test
in Progress
TAWS System Test
Pass
N/A
N/A
None
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 49
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-49
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:55 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Alert Type
Alert
Annunciation
Incorrect TAWS
conﬁguration,
invalid/missing
terrain, airport, or
obstacle database,
or TAWS audio
fault.
Pop-Up Alert
(Except TAWS-A Page)
“TAWS System
Failure”
**
N/A
FPL
No GPS position
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
N/A
GPS position
unavailable/
degraded, outside
of terrain database
coverage
Sufﬁcient GPS
signal reception
restored
Incorrect TAWS
conﬁguration,
radar altimeter
unavailable,
GPS position
unavailable/
degraded, TAWS
audio fault
GPWS Inhibit
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
GPWS Not
Available.
Incorrect TAWS
conﬁguration,
radar altimeter
unavailable,
GPS position
unavailable/
degraded, TAWS
audio fault.
“TAWS Not
Available”
“TAWS Not
Available”
N/A
None
N/A
“TAWS Available”
(aural message
only in ﬂight)
“GPWS System
Failure”
N/A
N/A
“GPWS System
Failure”
N/A
None
Nearest
Services/
Music
Aural
Message
Appendix
Index
11-50
190-01007-03-Final.indb 50
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:55 PM
Pop-Up Alert
(Except TAWS-A Page)
Alert
Annunciation
Alert Type
Aural
Message
Glideslope Inhibit
N/A
None
FLAP Override
N/A
None
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
* Alerts with multiple messages are conﬁgurable. Alerts for the default conﬁguration are indicated with
asterisks.
** VCO alerts are not issued if both TAWS and GPWS systems have failed or are not available
† GSD alert will be available if a valid ILS is being used for navigation, even in no valid GPS signal is
being received.
Table 11-17 TAWS-A Alerts Summary
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
11.6.3.2 Excessive Descent Rate Alert
The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide
notiﬁcation when the aircraft is determined to be descending upon terrain at an
excessive rate. The parameters for the alert as deﬁned by TSO-C151c are shown
below.
Charts
Wpt Info
Map

Trafﬁc

Height Above Terrain (Feet)
Terrain

AT
KR

Weather
SIN

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

"PULL UP"

System

Messages

$ESCENT 2ATE
Symbols
Figure 11-33 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 51
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-51
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:55 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
11.6.3.3
Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC), Reduced Required Line
Clearance (RLC), and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC) alerts
are issued when the aircraft ﬂight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come
within the minimum clearance values in the FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and
Obstacle Clearance Values table. When an RTC, RLC, and/or a ROC alert is
issued, a threat location indicator is displayed on the TAWS Page.
Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI), Imminent Line Impact (ILI), and
Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the aircraft is below
the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path. ITI, ILI,
and IOI alerts are accompanied by a threat location indicator displayed on the
TAWS Page. The alert is annunciated when the projected vertical ﬂight path is
calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in the following table.
Charts
Flight Phase
Wpt Info
En Route
Terminal
Approach
Departure
Map
Trafﬁc
Minimum Clearance Altitude (feet)
Level Flight
Descending
700
500
350
300
150
100
100
100
Terrain
Table 11-18 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
During ﬁnal approach, FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the
aircraft is below 200 feet AGL while within 0.5 NM of the approach runway or
below 125 feet AGL while within 1.0 NM of the runway threshold.
11.6.3.4
Premature Descent Alerting
A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the
aircraft is signiﬁcantly below the normal approach path to a runway.
PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is within 15 NM of the destination
airport and ends when the aircraft is either 0.5 NM from the runway threshold
or is at an altitude of 125 feet AGL while within 1.0 NM of the threshold. During
the ﬁnal descent, algorithms set a threshold for alerting based on speed, distance,
and other parameters.
Appendix
Index
11-52
190-01007-03-Final.indb 52
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:55 PM

(EIGHT !BOVE 4ERRAIN &EET
Foreword

Getting
Started

Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl

0$! !LERTING !REA

Com/Nav

2UNWAY
4HRESHOLD

FPL

$ISTANCE &ROM $ESTINATION !IRPORT NM
Direct-To
Figure 11-34 PDA Alerting Threshold
PDA and FLTA aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited. Discretion
should be used when inhibiting TAWS and the system should be enabled when
appropriate. When TAWS is inhibited, the alert annunciation “TER INHB” is
shown.
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
11.6.3.5
Inhibiting/Enabling TAWS-A PDA/FLTA Alerting
TAWS-A also has an inhibit mode that deactivates the PDA/FLTA aural and
visual alerts. Pilots should use discretion when inhibiting TAWS-A and always
remember to enable the system when appropriate. Only the PDA and FLTA
alerts are disabled in the inhibit mode. After cycling power, TAWS-A will no
longer be inhibited.
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Touch To Toggle TAWS
Inhibit. TAWS Inhibited
shown.
Services/
Music
Terrain (TAWS)
Inhibited Annunciation
Utilities
Figure 11-35 TAWS-A Alerting Disabled (TAWS Inhibited) Annunciation
System
1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key.
Messages
2. Touch the TAWS Inhibit key to inhibit or enable TAWS (choice
is dependent on current state). A green bar in the key indicates
the TAWS is inhibited.
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 53
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-53
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:55 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
11.6.3.6
Excessive Closure Rate Alert
The Excessive Closure Rate (ECR) alert provides suitable notiﬁcation
when the aircraft is determined to be closing upon terrain at an excessive speed
for a given aircraft gear and ﬂap conﬁguration.
The following ﬁgures show the ECR alerting criteria for ﬂaps in the landing
conﬁguration and for all other ﬂight phases respectively.
ECR alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is 5 NM from the
nearest airport, except when FLTA is not available (causing the TAWS N/A or
TAWS FAIL annunciation to be displayed), in which case ECR alerting will
remain active until landing.
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
Charts
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Closure Rate (FPM)
Figure 11-36 Excessive Closure Rate Alert Criteria (Flaps Up or Takeoff Conﬁguration)
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-54
190-01007-03-Final.indb 54
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:56 PM
Foreword
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Closure Rate (FPM)
Charts
Figure 11-37 Excessive Closure Rate Alert Criteria (Flaps in Landing Conﬁguration)
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 55
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-55
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:57 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
11.6.3.7
Flight Into Terrain Alert
Flight Into Terrain (FIT) alerts occur when the aircraft is too low with
respect to terrain based on landing gear status, ﬂap position, and groundspeed.
FIT caution alerts are issued when ﬂight conditions meet the criteria shown
below.
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
Com/Nav
Map
Altitude Change Rate (FPM)
Trafﬁc
* Flap position will not trigger alert if Flap Override option is enabled; see discussion below.
Terrain
Figure 11-38 Flight Into Terrain Caution Alert Criteria
Weather
Nearest
To reduce nuisance FIT alerts on approaches where ﬂap extension is not
desired (or is intentionally delayed), the pilot may override FIT alerting based
on the ﬂap position, while all other FIT alerting remains in effect.
Services/
Music
Utilities
Flap Override
Selection
System
Messages
Flap Override
Annunciation
Symbols
Figure 11-39 TAWS-A Page Menu and FIT Flap Override Annunciation
Appendix
Index
11-56
190-01007-03-Final.indb 56
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:58 PM
11.6.3.7.1 Overriding Flaps-based FIT alerting
1. While viewing the TAWS-A Page, touch the MENU key.
Foreword
Getting
Started
2. Touch the Flap Override key to toggle the override state.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
When the Flaps Override option is enabled, the annunciation “FLAP O/R”
is annunciated on the TAWS-A Page. If GPWS alerts are also inhibited (which
include FIT), the “FLAP O/R” annunciation is not shown.
Com/Nav
NOTE: The FLAP O/R (Flap Override) should be activated when an approach
without ﬂaps is going to be performed.
Direct-To
FIT alerts also occur during takeoff or go-around if the aircraft’s height
above ground level (as determined by the radar altimeter) is too close to rising
terrain. TAWS-A will issue the aural message “Too Low - Terrain” and visual
annunciations when conditions enter the caution alert area.
FPL
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Radio Altitude Loss (Feet)
Messages
Figure 11-40 FIT Alerting After Takeoff
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 57
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-57
Index
7/9/2015 2:07:59 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
11.6.3.8
Negative Climb Rate After Take-Off Alert (NCR)
The Negative Climb Rate (NCR) After Take-Off alert (also referred to as
“Altitude Loss After Take-Off”) provides alerts when the system determines the
aircraft is losing altitude (closing upon terrain) after takeoff. The aural message
“Don’t Sink” is given for NCR alerts, accompanied by an annunciation and a
pop-up terrain alert on the display. NCR alerting is only active when departing
from an airport and when the following conditions are met:
• Height above the terrain is less than 700 feet
• Distance from the departure airport is 2 NM or less
Direct-To
Proc
• Heading change from the departure heading is less than 110º
The NCR alerting parameters as deﬁned by TSO-C151c are shown below.
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
“DON’T SINK”
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
Weather
Nearest
Altitude Loss (Feet)
Services/
Music
Figure 11-41 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Altitude Loss
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-58
190-01007-03-Final.indb 58
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:07:59 PM
Foreword
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
“DON’T SINK”
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Sink Rate (FPM)
Charts
Figure 11-42 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Sink Rate
Wpt Info
11.6.3.9 Excessive Below Glideslope/Glidepath Deviation Alert
A Glideslope Deviation or Glidepath Deviation (GSD) caution alert
is issued when the system detects that the aircraft is signiﬁcantly below the
glidepath for the selected approach.
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Radio Altitude (Feet)
Nearest
Services/
Music
“GLIDESLOPE”
Utilities
System
Messages
Number of Dots Below Glideslope/Glidepath (4 Dot CDI Example)
Symbols
Figure 11-43 Excessive Below Glideslope/Glidepath Deviation Alert Criteria
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 59
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-59
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:00 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
GSD alerting is only active after departure and the following conditions are
met:
• An ILS, LPV, LNAV/VNAV, or LNAV+V approach is active and vertical
navigation indications are being displayed.
• Aircraft is below 1000 feet AGL.
• Gear is conﬁgured for landing.
When a GSD caution alert occurs, the aural and visual annunciation
“GLIDESLOPE” is issued. If a GSD caution alert occurs on an LPV, LNAV/VNAV, or
LNAV+V approach, the aural and visual annunciation “GLIDESLOPE” is issued.
Direct-To
11.6.3.9.1 Inhibiting Glideslope Deviation (GSD) Alerts
Proc
NOTE: The Glideslope (G/S) Inhibit function should be activated when
ﬂying a localizer backcourse approach to prevents nuisance GSD alerts.
GSD alerts are inhibited independent from all other FLTA, PDA, and GPWS
alerts.
Charts
Wpt Info
1. While viewing the TAWS-A Page, touch the MENU key.
Map
2. Touch the G/S Inhibit key to inhibit or enable glideslope or
glidepath alerts (choice dependent on current state).
Trafﬁc
Terrain
NOTE: The G/S Inhibit function will only be active for a single approach
and the inhibit function will not remain active for subsequent approaches.
When G/S alerts are inhibited, they are only inhibited for a single approach.
To inhibit G/S alerts on the next approach, the G/S Inhibit function must
be activated again between the ﬁrst and second approaches.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
NOTE: Glideslope Deviation alerts will not be available if the G/S INHB
function is activated.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-60
190-01007-03-Final.indb 60
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:00 PM
11.6.3.10 Inhibiting GPWS Alerts (EDR, ECR, FIT, and NCR)
Foreword
NOTE: The "Inhibit GPWS" function only affects GPWS alerts (EDR, ECR,
NCR, and FIT). Alerting for FLTA, PDA, and GSD is controlled independently
from the GPWS alerts listed below.
EDR, ECR, FIT, and NCR aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited as
a group. Discretion should be used when inhibiting alerts and the GPWS system
should be enabled when appropriate. When these alerts are inhibited, the alert
annunciation “GPWS INH” is shown on the TAWS-A Page annunciation window.
1. While viewing the TAWS-A Page, touch the MENU key.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
2. Touch the GPWS Inhibit key to inhibit or enable GPWS alerts
(choice dependent on current state).
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
GPWS Inhibit
Selection
Map
Trafﬁc
GPWS Inhibit
Annunciation
Terrain
Figure 11-44 GPWS Inhibit Annunciation
11.6.4
Weather
Altitude Voice Call Out (VCO)
TAWS-A provides aural advisory alerts as the aircraft descends, beginning at
500 feet above the terrain, as determined by the radar altimeter (if greater than
5 NM from the nearest airport) or 500 feet above the nearest runway threshold
elevation (if less than 5 NM from the nearest airport). Upon descent to this
altitude, TAWS-A issues the aural alert message “Five-hundred”.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 61
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
11-61
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:01 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
11.6.5
TAWS-A System Status
During power-up, TAWS-A conducts a self-test of its aural and visual
annunciations. The system test can also be manually initiated. An aural alert
is issued at test completion. TAWS-A System Testing is disabled when ground
speed exceeds 30 knots.
11.6.6
TAWS-A Abnormal Operations
TAWS-A continually monitors several system-critical items such as database
validity, ﬂap and landing gear position, radar altimeter input, and GPS status.
If the GTN does not contain Terrain, Airport Terrain, and Obstacle databases
(or the databases are invalid), the aural message “TAWS System Failure” is
generated along with the “TAWS FAIL” alert annunciation.
TAWS-A requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with speciﬁc vertical
accuracy minimums. Should the navigation solution become degraded or if
the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation “TAWS N/A”
is generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS-A page, the aural
message “TAWS Not Available” is generated if airborne, some TAWS-A terrain
alerts will not be issued, and GPWS alerting (which are not dependent on GPS
position) will continue to operate. When the GPS signal is re-established and the
aircraft is within the database coverage area, the aural message “TAWS Available”
is generated.
TAWS-A also requires radar altimeter input. Should the radar altimeter input
fail or become degraded, the annunciation “GPWS FAIL” is generated in the
annunciation window and on the TAWS-A Page. The aural message “GPWS
System Failure” is also generated. The “GPWS FAIL” annunciation will also occur
if both GPS altitude and barometric altitude are unavailable. If only the GPWS
system has failed, GPWS-based alerts will not be available, while other TAWS-A
alerting remains unaffected.
Multiple TAWS or GPWS annunciations cannot be displayed at the same
time. When multiple annunciations exist, an asterisk will be present next to the
annunciation. The display of each annunciation will alternate with each being
displayed for approximately ﬁve seconds.
Symbols
Appendix
Index
11-62
190-01007-03-Final.indb 62
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:01 PM
12
WEATHER
Foreword
Weather data are displayed by the Weather function when an optional
weather source is installed. The Wx Weather pages may be oriented to Track
Up, Heading Up, or North Up.
When more weather products are installed, a key for each product will be
shown. Touch the key for the desired weather product. When a single weather
product is installed, touching the Weather key will go directly to the Weather
page.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Touch To Use
FIS-B Weather
Touch To
Use SiriusXM
Weather
Proc
Touch To Use
Connext Weather
Touch To Use
Stormscope
Weather
Touch To Use
Weather Radar
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Figure 12-1 Weather Product Selection
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Figure 12-2 Weather Page Functional Diagram
NOTE: In data link weather, Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs) and
Notices to Airmen (NOTAMs) that do not have geographical locations
cannot be viewed on the GTN.
Messages
NOTE: Stormscope and XM Lightning are mutually exclusive.
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 1
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-1
Symbols
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:01 PM
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in,
near, or around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within
data link weather products may not accurately depict current weather
conditions.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight
Restriction (TFR) information. Always conﬁrm TFR information through
ofﬁcial sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Trafﬁc Control.
Com/Nav
FPL
12.1
SiriusXM Weather Products (Optional)
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
NEXRAD
Wpt Info
Off
US
Canada
WX Forecast
Map
Current
12 Hour
24 Hour
36 Hour
48 Hour
Trafﬁc
Lightning
Echo Tops
Cloud Tops
METAR
Cell Movement
AIREP/PIREP
County Warnings
Winds Aloft
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Surface
SIGMET/AIRMET
Freezing Level
Icing
Turbulence
Cyclone
Orientation
Utilities
System
Messages
Track Up
Symbols
Heading Up
North Up
Legend
Appendix
Index
3000 ft ... 45,000 ft
Figure 12-3 SiriusXM Weather Functional Diagram
12-2
190-01007-03-Final.indb 2
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:01 PM
12.1.1
Displaying SiriusXM Weather
Foreword
To display SiriusXM Weather touch the Weather key on the Home page.
1. Touch the Weather key on the Home page and then touch
the SiriusXM key.
NEXRAD
Weather
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Age Of Selected
Weather Products
FPL
Weather
Product
Legends
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Out Of Coverage Area
Selected Altitude
Touch + or - To
Select Altitude
Wpt Info
Map
Figure 12-4 SiriusXM Weather Page
2. While viewing the Data Link weather page, touch the Menu
key to conﬁgure the Data Link Weather page.
Touch NEXRAD
Key To Select Off,
US, or Canada
NEXRAD
Touch Keys To
Select Weather
Product. Green Bar
Indicates Selected
Product.
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Touch Legend Key
To Display Legend
Weather Overlay
Map Orientation
Utilities
System
Figure 12-5 SiriusXM Weather Menu
Messages
3. Once you selected what items you want to display, touch BACK
to return to the Data Link Weather page.
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 3
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-3
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:02 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
12.1.2
Weather Legend
The Legend key displays a pop-up legend of the currently displayed weather
products.
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Legend
key.
Com/Nav
FPL
Legend Of
Selected Weather
Products
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Touch Legend
And Slide Finger
Up And Down To
Scroll Legend
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Figure 12-6 Weather Legend Display
Services/
Music
2. Touch the Legend area of the display and while maintaining
light pressure against the display, drag your ﬁnger up or down
to scroll through the legend display for the selected weather
products, or use the Up/Down keys.
Utilities
System
3. Touch the Legend key again to remove the Legend.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12-4
190-01007-03-Final.indb 4
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:02 PM
Cloud Tops
Surface-Fronts
Freezing Levels
METAR
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
City Forecast
SIGMET/AIRMET
NEXRAD
Echo Tops
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Icing Potential
Winds Aloft
County Warnings
Turbulence
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Cell Movement
Cyclone
AIREPS
PIREPS
Lightning
Nearest
Services/
Music
TFR
Utilities
System
Figure 12-7 Available Weather Legends
12.1.3
Weather Map Orientation
Messages
1. While viewing the Weather Data Link function, touch the Menu
key.
Symbols
2. Touch the Orientation key to toggle the map view orientation
choices of North Up, Track Up, and Heading Up.
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 5
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-5
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:03 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
12.1.4
SiriusXM Weather Symbols and Product Age
When a weather product is active on the Map function or the Weather Data
Link function is selected, the age of the data is displayed on the screen. The age
of the data may not indicate the time between the current GPS time and the time
when the data is assembled, but rather a general indication of the time elapsed
from when the data is received by the GTN.
Updated weather data may or may not contain new weather data. Weather
data is refreshed at intervals that are deﬁned and controlled by SiriusXM Satellite
Radio and its data vendors.
If for any reason, a weather product is not refreshed within the designated
intervals, the data is considered expired and is removed from the display.
This ensures that the displayed data is consistent with what is currently being
broadcast by SiriusXM Satellite Radio services. If more than half of the designated
time has elapsed from the time the data is received, the color of the product age
displayed changes to yellow.
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link
weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by
the data link weather product may be signiﬁcantly older than the indicated
weather product age.
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
The following table contains the expiration time and XM broadcast interval.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
The expiration time is an elapsed time after which the data is considered
expired and is removed from the display. This ensures that the displayed data
is consistent with what is currently being broadcast by SiriusXM Satellite Radio
services. If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed from the time the
data is received, the color of the product age displayed changes to yellow.
The SiriusXM Weather broadcast interval is the time interval when
SiriusXM Satellite Radio broadcasts new signals that may or may not contain
new weather data. Weather data is broadcast at intervals that are deﬁned and
controlled by SiriusXM Satellite Radio.
NOTE: SiriusXM Weather does not provide a timestamp for AIRMETs,
SIGMETs, City Forecasts, County Warnings, Cell Movement and TFR
products. Therefore, the unit does not display a product age indication
for these products.
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12-6
190-01007-03-Final.indb 6
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:03 PM
NOTE: The unit displays valid times on the weather map in lieu of product
age indications for SiriusXM Weather Icing Potential, Winds Aloft, and
Turbulence weather products.
NOTE: The unit displays product age for SiriusXM Weather Freezing Level
and Canada Winds Aloft weather products. The product age indication
represents the number of minutes that have elapsed since the weather
product was created by SiriusXM Weather. The unit does not display the
valid times assigned to the information within these products.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Weather Product
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
Broadcast Rate
(Minutes)
30
5 (U.S.)
10 (Canada)
7.5
NEXRAD (NEXRAD and Echo Top are Mutually
Exclusive)
Echo Top (Cloud Top and Echo Top Mutually
Exclusive) (NEXRAD and Echo Top Mutually
Exclusive)
Cloud Top (Cloud Top and Echo Top Mutually
Exclusive)
SiriusXM Lightning
Cell Movement
SIGMETs / AIRMETs
METARs
WX Forecast
Freezing Levels
Winds Aloft
City Forecast
County Warnings
Cyclone Warnings
Icing Potential (Icing)
60
15
30
30
60
90
60
120
90
90
60
60
90
1.25
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
22
(SLD)
Pilot Weather Report (PIREP)
90
12
30
190-01007-03-Final.indb 7
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
(Blue - Regular, Yellow - Urgent)
190-01007-03 Rev. J
Direct-To
Appendix
12-7
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:03 PM
Weather Product
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
Broadcast Rate
(Minutes)
90
180
30
60
60
12
12
12
12
Air Report (AIREP)
Turbulence
Radar Coverage
Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR)
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast (TAF)
Table 12-1 SiriusXM Weather Products and Data Timing
Direct-To
Proc
Symbol
Description
Flood
Charts
Severe Thunderstorm
Wpt Info
Map
Tornado
Trafﬁc
Sunny
Part Sun
Terrain
Cloudy
Weather
Rainy
Nearest
T-Storm
Services/
Music
Snow
Utilities
Windy
Foggy
System
Haze
Messages
High/Low Temp
Symbols
Table 12-2 Weather Symbols
Appendix
Index
12-8
190-01007-03-Final.indb 8
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:03 PM
12.1.5
NEXRAD
WSR-88D, or NEXRAD (NEXt-generation RADar), is a network of 158 highresolution Doppler radar systems that are operated by the National Weather
Service (NWS). NEXRAD data provides centralized meteorological information
for the continental United States and selected overseas locations. The maximum
range of a single NEXRAD radar site is 250 NM. The NEXRAD network provides
important information about severe weather for air trafﬁc safety.
NEXRAD data is not real-time. The lapsed time between collection,
processing, and dissemination of NEXRAD images can be signiﬁcant and may
not reﬂect the current radar synopsis. Due to the inherent delays and the relative
age of the data, it should be used for long-range planning purposes only. Never
use NEXRAD data for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous
weather. Instead, use it in an early-warning capacity of pre-departure and en
route evaluation.
Composite data from all the NEXRAD radar sites in the United States is
shown. This data is composed of the maximum reﬂectivity from the individual
radar sweeps. The display of the information is color-coded to indicate the
weather severity level.
NOTE: Due to similarities in color schemes, the display of Echo Tops cannot
be shown with Cloud Tops and NEXRAD.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
1. While viewing the SiriusXM Weather menu, touch the NEXRAD
key to display the NEXRAD selections.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 12-8 SiriusXM NEXRAD Weather Selection
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 9
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-9
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:03 PM
2. Touch the desired NEXRAD source selection and then the
Back key to view the weather information.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
NEXRAD Source
Age Of Selected
Weather Products
Com/Nav
NEXRAD Weather
Present Position
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Figure 12-9 SiriusXM NEXRAD Weather
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Figure 12-10 NEXRAD Weather Legend
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12.1.5.1
Reﬂectivity
Reﬂectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver.
Colors on the NEXRAD display directly correlate to the level of detected
reﬂectivity. Reﬂectivity as it relates to hazardous weather can be very complex.
The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply
put, certain types of weather reﬂect radar better than others. The intensity of a
12-10
190-01007-03-Final.indb 10
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:04 PM
radar reﬂection is not necessarily an indication of the weather hazard level. For
instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reﬂection, while dry hail does not. Both
wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.
The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative
to reﬂectivity (Z). NEXRAD measures the radar reﬂectivity ratio, or the energy
reﬂected back to the radar receiver (designated by the letter Z). The value of Z
increases as the returned signal strength increases.
12.1.5.2
NEXRAD Limitations
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations:
Direct-To
• NEXRAD base reﬂectivity does not provide sufﬁcient information to
determine cloud layers or precipitation characteristics. For example, it is
not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wet hail, and rain.
• NEXRAD base reﬂectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation
angle. An individual NEXRAD site cannot depict high altitude storms at
close ranges. It has no information about storms directly over the site.
• In the Cell Movement function, “Base” height is actually the height of
maximum radar reﬂection and that the “Base” and “Top” heights are based
on radar height and not MSL or AGL.
• Each square block on the display represents an area of four square
kilometers (2.15 NM). The intensity level reﬂected by each square
represents the highest level of NEXRAD data sampled within the area.
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Block Area Is 4 km2
(2.15 NM2)
Utilities
System
Block Area Is 4 km2
(2.15 NM2)
Messages
Symbols
Figure 12-11 NEXRAD Data Blocks
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 11
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-11
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:04 PM
Foreword
The following may cause abnormalities in displayed NEXRAD radar images:
• Ground clutter
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
• Strobes and spurious radar data
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)
• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows
Com/Nav
FPL
• Metallic dust from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar
scans
NEXRAD Limitations (Canada)
Direct-To
Proc
• Radar coverage extends to 55ºN.
• Any precipitation displayed between 52ºN and 55ºN is displayed as mixed
because it is unknown.
Charts
Wpt Info
Precipitation Above 52°N
Map
Trafﬁc
Out Of Coverage Area
Terrain
Figure 12-12 NEXRAD Data - Canada
Weather
Nearest
12.1.5.3
NOTE: Animated NEXRAD functionality is available in software version
6.00 and later.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Animating NEXRAD
When US or Canada NEXRAD is enabled for display and more than two
NEXRAD images have been received by the GTN, the NEXRAD display can be
animated on the SiriusXM Weather page. As new NEXRAD images are received,
the GTN will automatically store them for future animation. The GTN can
animate up to six NEXRAD images from oldest to newest, showing each for one
second and the newest for two seconds.
Appendix
Index
12-12
190-01007-03-Final.indb 12
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:04 PM
Touch To Start NEXRAD Animation
Foreword
Product Age
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Figure 12-13 Start NEXRAD Animation
1. While viewing the SiriusXM Weather page with NEXRAD
enabled for display, touch the NXRD key to start the NEXRAD
animation.
NOTE: Weather Forecast, Cloud Tops, and Cell Movement will automatically
be turned off while NEXRAD is animating.
2. Touch the NXRD key to stop the NEXRAD animation. The
animation will also stop when leaving the page or turning off
NEXRAD on the SiriusXM weather page.
Touch To Stop NEXRAD
Animation
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 12-14 Start NEXRAD Animation
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 13
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-13
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:04 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
12.1.6
Echo Tops
Echo Tops data shows the location, elevation, and direction of the highest
radar echo. The highest radar echo does not indicate the top of a storm or
clouds; rather it indicates the highest altitude at which precipitation is detected.
This information is determined from NEXRAD data.
NOTE: Due to similarities in color schemes, the display of Echo Tops cannot
be shown with Cloud Tops and NEXRAD.
Com/Nav
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Echo
Tops key.
FPL
Direct-To
Product Age
Proc
Charts
Present Position
Wpt Info
Echo Tops
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Figure 12-15 Echo Tops
Weather
2. Touch the Echo Tops key again to turn it off.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 12-16 Echo Tops Legend
Appendix
Index
12-14
190-01007-03-Final.indb 14
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:04 PM
12.1.7
Cloud Tops
Foreword
NOTE: Due to similarities in color schemes, it is not possible to display
Echo Tops and Cloud Tops at the same time.
Cloud tops data depicts cloud top altitudes as determined from satellite
imagery.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Cloud
Tops key.
Product Age
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Cloud Tops
Charts
Present Position
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Figure 12-17 Cloud Tops
Weather
2. Touch the Cloud Tops key again to turn it off.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 12-18 Cloud Tops Legend
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 15
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
Appendix
12-15
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:05 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
12.1.8
Cell Movement
Cell Movement data shows the location and movement of storm cells as
identiﬁed by a ground-based system. Cells are represented by yellow squares,
with direction of movement indicated with short, orange arrows.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
NOTE: In the Cell Movement function, “Base” height is actually the height
Com/Nav
of maximum radar reﬂection and that the “Base” and “Top” heights are
based on radar height and not MSL or AGL.
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Cell
Movement key.
FPL
Direct-To
Product Age
Proc
Cell Movement
(Position And Direction
Of Movement)
Charts
Present Position
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Figure 12-19 Cell Movement
Weather
2. Touch a Cell Movement icon to view cell details.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Top Height Reported
as Maximum Altitude
of Reﬂected Precip.
Base Height Reported
as Altitude of Maximum
Reﬂectivity
System
Cell Speed and
Direction
Figure 12-20 Cell Movement Detail
3. In the Menu, Touch the Cell Movement key again to turn it off.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Figure 12-21 Cell Movement Legend
12-16
190-01007-03-Final.indb 16
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:05 PM
12.1.9
SIGMETs and AIRMETs
Foreword
SIGMETs (SIGniﬁcant METerological Information) and AIRMETs (AIRmen's
METerological Information) are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather
considered of importance to aircraft.
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the
SIGMET/AIRMET key.
IFR Line
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
SIGMET Line
Turbulence Line
Direct-To
Proc
Present Position
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Figure 12-22 SIGMETs and AIRMETs
2. Touch the SIGMET/AIRMET key again to turn it off.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 12-23 SIGMET/AIRMET Legend
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 17
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-17
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:05 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
12.1.10 County Warnings
County Warnings data provides speciﬁc public awareness and protection
weather warnings from the National Weather Service. This can include
information on ﬁres, tornadoes, severe thunderstorms, ﬂood conditions, and
other natural disasters.
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the County
Warnings key. Touch the County Warnings symbol for detailed
information.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
County Warning Detail
Charts
County Warning Symbol
- Touch To Display Detail
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Figure 12-24 County Warnings Data
2. Touch the County Warnings key again to turn it off.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Figure 12-25 County Warnings Legend
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12-18
190-01007-03-Final.indb 18
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:05 PM
12.1.11 Freezing Level
Foreword
Freezing Level data shows the color-coded contour lines for the altitude and
location at which the Freezing Level is found. When no data is displayed for a
given altitude, the data for that altitude has not been received, or is out of date
and has been removed from the display. New data appears on the next update.
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the
Freezing Level key.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Product Age
Direct-To
Freezing Level Line
Proc
Freezing Level Line
Present Position
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Figure 12-26 Freezing Level
Terrain
2. Touch the Freezing Level key again to turn it off.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 12-27 Freezing Level Legend
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 19
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-19
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:06 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
12.1.12 METARs
METAR (METeorological Aerodrome Report), known as an Aviation Routine
Weather Report, is the standard format for current weather observations.
METARs are updated hourly and are considered current. METARs typically
contain information about the temperature, dew point, wind, precipitation,
cloud cover, cloud heights, visibility, and barometric pressure. They can also
contain information on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical data.
METARs are shown as colored ﬂags at airports that provide them.
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the METAR
key. Touch an airport symbol for more METAR detail.
Direct-To
Product Age
Proc
METAR Detail
Charts
Wpt Info
METAR Flags
Touch Airport For
METAR Detail
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Figure 12-28 METARs
Weather
2. Touch the METAR key in the Menu again to turn it off.
Nearest
METAR Symbol
Services/
Music
VFR (ceiling greater than 3000 ft. AGL and
visibility greater than ﬁve miles)
Marginal VFR (ceiling 1000–3000 ft. AGL
and/or visibility three to ﬁve miles)
IFR (ceiling 500 to below 1000 ft. AGL and/or
visibility one mile to less than three miles)
Low IFR (ceiling below 500 ft. AGL or visibility
less than one mile)
Unknown
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Description
Table 12-3 METAR Symbols
12-20
190-01007-03-Final.indb 20
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:06 PM
12.1.13 Cyclone
Foreword
The current location of the cyclone is shown along with its projected path
with the date and time.
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Cyclone
key.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Projected Path With Date
And Time
Charts
Current Position Of Cyclone
Wpt Info
Map
Figure 12-29 Cyclone
Trafﬁc
2. Touch the Cyclone key again to turn it off.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Figure 12-30 Cyclone Legend
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 21
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-21
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:06 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
12.1.14 Lightning
Lightning data shows the approximate location of cloud-to-ground lightning
strikes. A yellow cross icon represents a strike that has occurred within a 2
kilometer (approx. 1 NM) region. The exact location of the lightning is not
displayed.
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the
Lightning key.
Com/Nav
FPL
Product Age
Direct-To
Lightning Strikes
Proc
Present Position
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Figure 12-31 Lightning
Terrain
2. Touch the Lightning key again to turn it off.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Figure 12-32 Lightning Legend
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12-22
190-01007-03-Final.indb 22
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:07 PM
12.1.15 Weather Forecast
The Weather Forecast data provides Surface Analysis and City Forecast
information for current and forecast weather conditions. The Surface Analysis
forecast shows frontal lines indicating weather fronts and the direction they are
moving. High and Low pressure centers are noted with a large H or L. A Cold
Front is a front where cold air replaces warm air. A blue line with blue triangles
will point in the direction of cold air ﬂow. A Warm Front is where warm air
replaces cold air. A red line with red half moons will point in the direction of
the warm air ﬂow.
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the WX
Forecast key. Touch a Wx Forecast symbol for more detail.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wx Forecast Symbol
Charts
Wpt Info
Wx Forecast Detail
Map
Weather Front
Surface Analysis
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Figure 12-33 Surface
2. Touch the desired time increment for the forecast period.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 12-34 Select Surface Forecast Time Period
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 23
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-23
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:07 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
City Forecast
Fronts
Figure 12-35 Surface Legends
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12-24
190-01007-03-Final.indb 24
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:07 PM
12.1.16 Winds Aloft
Foreword
Winds Aloft data shows the forecast wind speed and direction at the surface
and at selected altitudes. Altitudes can be selected in 3000 foot increments from
the surface up to 45,000 feet.
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Winds
Aloft key.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wind Symbols
Charts
Wpt Info
Selected Wind Altitude
Map
Touch To Select
Wind Altitude
Trafﬁc
Figure 12-36 Winds Aloft
2. Touch the WX Aloft ALT – or + keys to increase or
decrease the reporting altitude of the winds aloft in 3,000
foot increments. The selected altitude is shown in a window
above the altitude keys.
3. Touch the Winds Aloft key again to turn it off.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 12-37 Winds Aloft Legend
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 25
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-25
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:07 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
12.1.17 Icing
The Icing product shows a graphic view of the current icing environment
in four categories: light, moderate, severe, and extreme (not speciﬁc to aircraft
type). The Icing product is not a forecast, but a presentation of the current
conditions at the time of the analysis. Supercooled Large Droplet (SLD) icing
conditions are characterized by the presence of relatively large, super cooled
water droplets indicative of freezing drizzle and freezing rain aloft. SLD threat
areas are depicted as black and red blocks over the Icing colors. Icing and SLD
data are shown between 1,000 feet and 30,000 feet in 3,000 foot increments.
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Icing
key.
Direct-To
Proc
SLD Threat
Charts
Icing Potential Shading
Wpt Info
Present Position
Map
Trafﬁc
Selected Icing Altitude
Terrain
Touch To Select
Icing Altitude
Weather
Figure 12-38 Icing and SLD
2. Touch the WX Aloft ALT – or + keys to increase or decrease
the reporting altitude of icing in 3,000 foot increments. The
selected altitude is shown in a window above the altitude keys.
3. Touch the Icing key again to turn it off.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Figure 12-39 Icing Legend
12-26
190-01007-03-Final.indb 26
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:07 PM
12.1.18 Turbulence
Foreword
Turbulence data identiﬁes the potential for erratic movement of high-altitude
air mass associated winds. Turbulence is classiﬁed as light, moderate, severe
or extreme, at altitudes between 21,000 and 45,000 feet. Turbulence data is
intended to supplement AIRMETs and SIGMETs.
1. While viewing the Weather Data Link menu, touch the
Turbulence key.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Turbulence Shading
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Selected Turbulence Altitude
Trafﬁc
Figure 12-40 Turbulence
Terrain
2. Touch the WX Aloft ALT – or + keys to increase or decrease
the reporting altitude for turbulence in 3,000 foot increments.
The selected altitude is shown in a window above the altitude
keys.
3. Touch the Turbulence key again to turn it off.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 12-41 Turbulence Legend
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 27
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-27
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:08 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
12.1.19 AIREP/PIREP
Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) provide timely weather information for a
particular route of ﬂight. When signiﬁcant weather conditions are reported or
forecast, Air Trafﬁc Control (ATC) facilities are required to solicit PIREPs. A
PIREP may contain non-forecast adverse weather conditions, such as low inﬂight visibility, icing conditions, wind shear, and turbulence. PIREPs are issued
as either Routine (UA) or Urgent (UUA).
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the AIREP/
PREP key.
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Urgent PIREP
Symbol (Yellow).
Touch For Details.
AIREP Symbol
(Green). Touch For
Details.
Wpt Info
Routine PIREP
Symbol (Blue).
Touch For Details.
Map
Trafﬁc
Figure 12-42 Weather Display With AIREP/PIREP Information Active
Terrain
2. Touch a weather information symbol to view details for that
item.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
AIREP Details
Utilities
System
Messages
Touch An AIREP/PIREP
Symbol For Detail
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Figure 12-43 AIREP/PIREP Information Detail
12-28
190-01007-03-Final.indb 28
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:08 PM
3. Touch the Back key to remove the detailed information.
Foreword
4. Touch the AIREP/PREP key again to turn it off.
Getting
Started
12.2
StormScope® Weather
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
12.2.1
StormScope® (Optional)
Com/Nav
NOTE: Refer to the WX-500 Pilot’s Guide for a detailed description of the
WX-500 StormScope.
The WX-500 StormScope Weather Mapping Sensor is a passive weather
avoidance system that detects electrical discharges associated with thunderstorms
within a 200 NM radius of the aircraft. The StormScope measures relative
bearing and distance of thunderstorm-related electrical activity and reports the
information to the display. Interfaces are currently only available for the WX500 StormScope System.
For lightning display interpretation, study the examples in the WX-500
Pilot's Guide that are designed to help you relate the cell or strike patterns
shown on the display to the size and location of thunderstorms that may be near
your aircraft.
Symbol
Time Since Strike (Seconds)
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
60
Nearest
Services/
Music
120
Utilities
180
System
Table 12-4 Stormscope Symbols
1. From the Home page, touch the Weather key (and then the
StormScope key if present) to reach the StormScope function.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 29
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-29
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:08 PM
Orientation
Annunciation.
HDG N/A - Heading Is
Not Available.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Range Ring
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Lightning Strikes
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Lightning
Display Mode
(Cell or Strike)
Touch
To Clear
Lightning
Strikes
Proc
Lightning
Strike Rate
Figure 12-44 StormScope Display (360º Display View Shown)
2. Touch the Menu key to setup the StormScope display.
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Lightning
Display Mode
- Strike Selected
Arc View
Selected
Trafﬁc
Figure 12-45 StormScope Menu
Terrain
3. Touch the 360° or Arc to select the display view.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
View
Messages
360
Arc
Cell
Strike
Mode
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Figure 12-46 StormScope Functional Diagram
12-30
190-01007-03-Final.indb 30
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:08 PM
12.2.2
Clearing the StormScope® Page
Foreword
Routinely clearing the StormScope Page of all discharge points is a good
way to determine if a storm is building or dissipating. In a building storm
discharge points reappear faster and in larger numbers. In a dissipating storm
discharge points appear slower and in smaller numbers.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Weather StormScope page, touch the Clear
Strikes key to clear lightning strikes.
Com/Nav
2. Lightning strikes will be cleared from the display and the Rate
value will be reset.
FPL
Direct-To
NOTE: When Heading is not available (N/A), the pilot must clear the strikes
after each turn.
12.2.3
Changing the StormScope® Display View
Proc
Charts
The Lightning Page displays either a 360° or a 120° viewing angle.
1. While viewing the Weather StormScope page, touch MENU.
Wpt Info
Map
2. Touch the 360° or Arc to select the display view.
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Figure 12-47 StormScope 360º and Arc Display Views
12.2.4
Messages
Changing the Storm Data Display Range
Symbols
Storm data can be displayed on the Map page 2000 NM zoom scale, but
the data only goes out as far as the StormScope can report (200 NM). The
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 31
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-31
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:09 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
500 NM zoom scale will display all lightning data. Scales greater than 500 NM
do not display any additional StormScope data.
While viewing the StormScope page touch the In and Out
keys to display a larger or smaller area.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
NOTE: Cell mode uses a clustering program to identify clusters of electrical
activity that indicate cells. Cell mode is most useful during periods of heavy
storm activity. Displaying cell data during these periods frees the user
from sifting through a screen full of discharge points and helps to better
determine where the storm cells are located.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
12.2.5
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Displaying StormScope® Data on the Map
Page
The Map Page displays cell or strike information using yellow lightning
strike symbology overlaid on a moving map. This added capability improves
situational awareness, which in turn makes it much easier for the pilot to relate
storm activity to airports, NAVAIDs, obstacles and other ground references.
1. On the Home page, touch the Map key.
Map
Trafﬁc
2. Touch the Menu key.
Terrain
3. Touch the StormScope key to enable StormScope lightning
display on the Map page. Repeated touches toggle between
Off, Cell, and Strike.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
NOTE: The selected lightning display type, cell or strike, will be shown the
same on both the StormScope and the Map pages.
Utilities
NOTE: StormScope data is displayed on the Map Page only if aircraft
heading is available.
System
Messages
NOTE: The GTN will display StormScope data with or without a heading
source. If no heading source is available, the display will indicate this by
placing “HDG N/A” in the upper right portion of the display. If no heading
is available, the pilot must clear the strikes after each heading change.
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12-32
190-01007-03-Final.indb 32
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:09 PM
12.3
Weather Radar
Foreword
The GTN 7XX can display weather radar from a Garmin GWX system or from
selected 3rd party radars. Only one weather radar system may be interfaced to
the system. For detailed information on the operation of 3rd party radars, refer
to their speciﬁc documentation.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
12.3.1
Com/Nav
Garmin GWX Radar Description
The Garmin GWX 68 and GWX 70 Airborne Color Weather Radars combine
excellent range and adjustable scanning proﬁles with a high-deﬁnition target
display.
To focus radar scanning on speciﬁc areas, Sector Scanning offers pilotadjustable horizontal scan angles of 20º, 40º, 60º, or 90º (up to 120º with the
GWX 70). A vertical scanning function helps to analyze storm tops, gradients,
and cell buildup activity at various altitudes.
See the documentation of each radar for speciﬁc features.
12.3.1.1
Radar detection is a two-way process that requires 12.36 micro-seconds for
the transmitted microwave pulses to travel out and back for each nautical mile
of target range. It takes 123.6 micro-seconds for a transmitted pulse to make the
round trip if a target is 10 NM away.
The GWX weather radar should be used to avoid severe weather, not for
penetrating severe weather. The decision to ﬂy into an area of radar targets
depends on target intensity, spacing between the targets, aircraft capabilities and
pilot experience. Pulse type weather radar detects only precipitation, not clouds
or turbulence. The display may indicate clear areas between intense returns, but
this does not necessarily mean it is safe to ﬂy between them. Only Doppler radar
can detect turbulence.
190-01007-03-Final.indb 33
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Map
The term RADAR is an acronym for RAdio Detecting and Ranging. Pulsed
radar locates targets by transmitting a microwave pulse beam that, upon
encountering a target, is then reﬂected back to the radar receiver as a return
“echo.” The microwave pulses are focused and radiated by the antenna, with
the most intense energy in the center of the beam and decreasing intensity near
the edge. The same antenna is used for both transmitting and receiving. The
returned signal is then processed and displayed on the GTN 7XX.
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
FPL
Wpt Info
Principles of Pulsed Airborne Weather Radar
190-01007-03 Rev. J
Getting
Started
12-33
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:09 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Airborne weather radar has other capabilities beyond weather detection. It
also has the ability to detect and provide distance to objects on the ground, such
as, cities, mountains, coastlines, rivers, lakes, and oceans.
12.3.1.2
Antenna Beam Illumination
It is important to understand the concept of the antenna beam illumination.
The radar beam is much like the beam of a spotlight. The farther the beam
travels, the wider it gets. The radar is only capable of “seeing” what is inside the
boundaries of the beam.
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Figure 12-48 Radar Beam from 12 inch Antenna
The vertical dimensions of the radar beam are shown in the ﬁgure above and
the same holds true for the horizontal dimensions. In other words, the beam will
be as wide as it is tall. Note that it is possible not to see areas of precipitation on
the radar display because of the antenna tilt setting. With the antenna tilt set to
zero in this illustration, the beam overshoots the precipitation at 15 NM. The
curvature of the earth can also be a factor, especially at range settings of 150 NM
or more.
Services/
Music
Utilities
NM
System
Messages
Figure 12-49 Radar Beam in Relation to the Curvature of the Earth
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12-34
190-01007-03-Final.indb 34
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:10 PM
12.3.1.3
Radar Signal Attenuation
Foreword
The phenomena of weather attenuation needs to be kept in mind whenever
operating the weather radar. When the radar signal is transmitted, it is
progressively absorbed and scattered, making the signal weaker. This weakening,
or attenuation, is caused by two primary sources, distance and precipitation.
Attenuation because of distance is due to the fact that the amount of radar
energy at a distance from the antenna is inversely proportional to the square of
the distance. The reﬂected radar energy from a target 40 miles away that ﬁlls the
radar beam will be one fourth the energy reﬂected from an equivalent target 20
miles away. This would appear to the operator that the storm is gaining intensity
as the aircraft gets closer. Internal circuitry within the GWX system compensates
for much of this distance attenuation.
Attenuation due to precipitation is not as predictable as distance attenuation.
It is also more intense. As the radar signal passes through moisture, a portion
of the radar energy is reﬂected back to the antenna. However, much of the
energy is absorbed. If precipitation is very heavy, or covers a large area, the
signal may not reach completely through the area of precipitation. The weather
radar system cannot distinguish between an attenuated signal and area of no
precipitation. If the signal has been fully attenuated, the radar will display a
“radar shadow.” This appears as an end to the precipitation when, in fact, the
heavy rain may extend much further. A cell containing heavy precipitation may
block another cell located behind the ﬁrst, preventing it from being displayed
on the radar. Never ﬂy into these shadowed areas and never assume that all of
the heavy precipitation is being displayed unless another cell or a ground target
can be seen beyond the heavy cell. The WATCH™ feature of the GWX Weather
Radar system can help in identifying these shadowed areas. Areas in question
will appear as “shadowed” or gray area on the radar display. Proper use of the
antenna tilt control can also help detect radar shadows.
Attenuation can also be due to poor maintenance or degradation of the
radome. Even the smallest amount of wear and tear, pitting, and pinholes on the
radome surface can cause damage and system inefﬁciency.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 35
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-35
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:10 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
12.3.2
Radar Signal Reﬂectivity
12.3.2.1
Precipitation
Precipitation or objects more dense than water, such as earth or solid
structures, will be detected by the weather radar. The weather radar will not
detect clouds, thunderstorms or turbulence directly. It detects precipitation
associated with clouds, thunderstorms, and turbulence. The best radar signal
reﬂectors are raindrops, wet snow or wet hail. The larger the raindrop the
better it reﬂects. The size of the precipitation droplet is the most important
factor in radar reﬂectivity. Because large drops in a small concentrated area are
characteristic of a severe thunderstorm, the radar displays the storm as a strong
return. Ice, dry snow, and dry hail have low reﬂective levels and often will not be
displayed by the radar. A cloud that contains only small raindrops, such as fog
or drizzle, will not reﬂect enough radar energy to produce a measurable target
return.
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Figure 12-50 Precipitation Type and Reﬂectivity
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12-36
190-01007-03-Final.indb 36
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:10 PM
12.3.2.2
Ground Returns
Foreword
The intensity of ground target returns depends upon the angle at which the
radar beam strikes the ground target (Angle of Incidence) and the reﬂective
properties of that target. The gain can be adjusted so shorelines, rivers, lakes,
and cities are well deﬁned. Increasing gain too much causes the display to ﬁll in
between targets, thus obscuring some landmarks.
Cities normally provide a strong return signal. While large buildings and
structures provide good returns, small buildings can be shadowed from the
radar beam by the taller buildings. As the aircraft approaches, and shorter ranges
are selected, details become more noticeable as the highly reﬂective regular lines
and edges of the city become more deﬁned.
Bodies of water such as lakes, rivers, and oceans are not good reﬂectors,
and normally do not provide good returns. The energy is reﬂected in a forward
scatter angle with inadequate energy being returned. They can appear as dark
areas on the display. However, rough or choppy water is a better reﬂector and
will provide stronger returns from the downwind sides of the waves.
Mountains also provide strong return signals to the antenna, but also block
the areas behind. However, over mountainous terrain, the radar beam can be
reﬂected back and forth in the mountain passes or off canyon walls using up all
or most of the radar energy. In this case, no return signal is received from
this area causing the display to show a dark spot which could indicate a
pass where no pass exists.
12.3.2.3
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Angle of Incidence
The angle at which the radar beam strikes the target is called the Angle of
Incidence. Incident angle (“A”) is illustrated below. This directly affects the
detectable range, the area of illumination, and the intensity of the displayed
target returns. A large incident angle gives the radar system a smaller detectable
range and lower display intensity due to minimized reﬂection of the radar energy.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 37
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-37
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:10 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Figure 12-51 Angle of Incidence
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
A smaller incident angle gives the radar a larger detectable range of operation
and the target display will show a higher intensity. Since more radar energy is
reﬂected back to the antenna with a low incident angle, the resulting detectable
range is increased for mountainous terrain.
12.3.3
The following information establishes a minimum safe distance from the
antenna for personnel near an operating airborne weather radar. The minimum
safe distance is based upon the FCC’s exposure limit at 9.3 to 9.5 GHz for general
population/uncontrolled environments which is 1 mW/cm2. See Advisory
Circular 20-68B for more information on safe distance determination.
12.3.3.1
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Operating Distance
Maximum Permissible Exposure Level (MPEL) (GWX 68)
The zone in which the radiation level exceeds the US Government standard
of 1 mW/cm2, is the semicircular area of at least 11 feet from the 12 inch antenna
as indicated in the illustration below. All personnel must remain outside of this
zone. With a scanning or rotating beam, the averaged power density at the MPEL
boundary is signiﬁcantly reduced.
12.3.3.2
Messages
Maximum Permissible Exposure Level (MPEL)
(Other Radars)
See the appropriate documentation for MPEL.
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12-38
190-01007-03-Final.indb 38
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:11 PM
Foreword
MPEL
Boundary
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
11’ for 12” antenna
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Figure 12-52 MPEL Boundary
12.3.4
Basic Antenna Tilt Setup
Charts
The following discussion is a simple method for setting up the weather radar
antenna tilt for most situations. It is not to be considered an all encompassing
setup that will work in all situations, but this method does provide good overall
parameters for the monitoring of threats. Ultimately, it is desired to have the
antenna tilted so that the bottom of the radar beam is four degrees below parallel
with the ground. The following discussion explains one way of achieving this.
With the aircraft ﬂying level, adjust the antenna tilt so ground returns are
displayed at a distance that equals the aircraft’s current altitude (AGL) divided
by 1,000. For example, if the aircraft is at 14,000 feet, adjust the tilt so the front
edge of ground returns are displayed at 14 NM. Note this antenna tilt angle
setting. Now, raise the antenna tilt 6º above this setting. The bottom of the radar
beam is now angled down 4º from parallel with the ground.
Practical Application Using the Basic Tilt Setup
190-01007-03-Final.indb 39
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
At this point, when ﬂying at altitudes between 2,000 and 30,000 feet AGL,
any displayed target return should scrutinized. If the displayed target advances
on the screen to 5 NM of the aircraft, avoid it. This may be either weather or
ground returns that are 2,000 feet or less below the aircraft. Raising the antenna
tilt 4º can help separate ground returns from weather returns in relatively ﬂat
terrain. This will place the bottom of the radar beam level with the ground.
Return the antenna tilt to the previous setting after a few sweeps.
190-01007-03 Rev. J
Wpt Info
12-39
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:11 PM
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
If the aircraft is above 29,000 feet, be cautious of any target return that gets
to 30 NM or closer. This is likely a thunderstorm that has a top high enough that
the aircraft cannot ﬂy over it safely.
If the aircraft altitude is 15,000 feet or lower, set the displayed range to
60 NM. Closely monitor anything that enters the display.
Also, after setting up the antenna tilt angle as described previously, ground
returns can be monitored for possible threats. The relationship between antenna
tilt angle, altitude, and distance is one degree of tilt equals 100 feet of altitude
for every one nautical mile.
Direct-To
4000
3000
Change in Antenna Tilt
Proc
2000
+4°
+3°
+2°
+1°
0°
-1°
-2°
-3°
-4°
Charts
Wpt Info
1000
1000
2000
3000
4000
Map
10 nm
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Vertical Change of Radar Beam (feet)
Foreword
Figure 12-53 Vertical Change in Radar Beam per Nautical Mile
Therefore, with the antenna tilt set so that the bottom of the beam is four
degrees below parallel with the ground, a target return at 10 NM is approximately
4,000 feet below the aircraft; at 20 NM, 8,000 feet; at 50 NM, 20,000 feet. In
other words, at this tilt setting, a ground return (such as a mountain peak) being
displayed at 10 NM would have a maximum distance below the aircraft of 4,000
feet. If that ground target return moves to 5 NM, maximum distance below the
aircraft will be 2,000 feet.
This setup will provide a good starting point for practical use of the GWX
radar. There are many other factors to consider in order to become proﬁcient at
using weather radar in all situations.
12.3.5
Weather Mapping and Interpretation
12.3.5.1
Weather display Interpretation
When evaluating various target returns on the weather radar display, the
colors denote approximate rainfall intensity and rates as shown in the table
below.
12-40
190-01007-03-Final.indb 40
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:11 PM
GWX 68 Radars
Weather
Mode
Color
Approximate
Intensity
Approximate
Rainfall Rate
(in/hr)
GWX 70 Radars
Approximate
Intensity
3rd Party
Radars
Radar Return
Level (see
radar documentation
for details)
BLACK
< 23 dBZ
< .01
< 23 dBZ
GREEN
23 dBZ to < 33 dBZ
.01 - 0.1
23 dBZ to < 33 dBZ
YELLOW
33 dBZ to < 41 dBZ
0.1 - 0.5
33 dBZ to < 41 dBZ
RED
41 dBZ to < 50 dBZ
0.5 - 2
> 41 dBZ
MAGENTA
50 dBZ and greater
>2
Turbulence Detection
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Table 12-5 Precipitation Intensity Levels
Charts
12.3.5.2 Thunderstorms
Updrafts and downdrafts in thunderstorms carry water through the cloud.
The more severe the drafts, the greater the number and size of the precipitation
droplets. With this in mind, the following interpretations can be made from what
is displayed on the weather radar. Avoid these areas by an extra wide margin.
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
• In areas where the displayed target intensity is red or magenta (indicating
large amounts of precipitation), the turbulence is considered severe.
Terrain
• Areas that show steep color gradients (intense color changes) over thin bands
or short distances suggest irregular rainfall rate and strong turbulence.
Weather
• Areas that show red or magenta are associated with hail or turbulence, as
well as heavy precipitation. Vertical scanning and antenna tilt management
may be necessary to identify areas of maximum intensity.
Along squall lines (multiple cells or clusters of cells in a line), individual cells
may be in different stages of development. Areas between closely spaced, intense
targets may contain developing clouds not having enough moisture to produce a
return. However, these areas could have strong updrafts or downdrafts. Targets
showing wide areas of green are generally precipitation without severe turbulence.
Irregularities in the target return may also indicate turbulence, appearing as
“hooks,” “ﬁngers,” or “scalloped” edges. These irregularities may be present in
green areas with no yellow, red, or magenta areas and should be treated as highly
dangerous areas. Avoid these areas as if they were red or magenta areas.
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 41
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-41
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:11 PM
Squall Line
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Steep Gradient
Charts
Wpt Info
Scalloped Edge
Figure 12-54 Cell Irregularities
Direct-To
Proc
Hook or Finger
Thunderstorm development is rapid. A course may become blocked within
a short time. When displaying shorter ranges, periodically select a longer range
to see if problems are developing further out. That can help prevent getting
trapped in a “blind alley” or an area that is closed at one end by convective
weather.
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Figure 12-55 The “Blind Alley” Overhead View
In areas of multiple heavy cells, use the Vertical Scan feature along with
antenna tilt management to examine the areas. Remember to avoid shadowed
areas behind targets.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Figure 12-56 The “Blind Alley” Vertical Scan
12-42
190-01007-03-Final.indb 42
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:12 PM
12.3.5.3 Tornadoes
There is no conclusive radar target return characteristics which will identify
a tornado, however, tornadoes may be present if the following characteristics
are observed:
• A narrow, ﬁnger-like portion, as shown on the previous page, extends and,
in a short time, curls into a hook and closes on itself.
• A “hook” which may be in the general shape of the numeral “6,” especially
if bright and projecting from the southwest quadrant (northeast quadrant in
the southern hemisphere) of a major thunderstorm.
• V- shaped notches.
• Doughnut shapes.
These shapes do not always indicate tornadoes, nor are tornado returns
limited to these characteristics. Conﬁrmed radar observations of tornadoes most
often have not shown shapes different from those of a normal thunderstorm
display.
12.3.5.4 Hail
Hail results from updrafts carrying water high enough to freeze. Therefore,
the higher the top of a thunderstorm, the greater the probability that it contains
hail. Vertically scanning the target return can give the radar top of a thunderstorm
that contains hail. Radar top is the top of a storm cell as detected by radar. It is
not the actual top, or true top of the storm. The actual top of a storm cell is seen
with the eyes in clear air and may be much higher than the radar top. The actual
top does not indicate the top of the hazardous area.
Hail can fall below the minimum reﬂectivity threshold for radar detection.
It can have a ﬁlm of water on its surface, making its reﬂective characteristics
similar to a very large water droplet. Because of this ﬁlm of water, and because
hail stones usually are larger than water droplets, thunderstorms with large
amounts of wet hail return stronger signals than those with rain. Some hail
shafts are extremely narrow (100 yards or less) and make poor radar targets. In
the upper regions of a cell where ice particles are “dry” (no liquid coating), target
returns are less intense.
Hail shafts are associated with the same radar target return characteristics
as tornados. U-shaped cloud edges 3 to 7 miles across can also indicate hail.
These target returns appear quite suddenly along any edge of the cell outline.
They also change in intensity and shape in a matter of seconds, making vigilant
monitoring essential.
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 43
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-43
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:12 PM
Foreword
12.4
WARNING: Begin transmitting only when it is safe to do so. When
transmitting while the aircraft is on the ground, no personnel or objects
should be within 11 feet of the antenna.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
CAUTION: In Standby mode, the antenna is parked at the center line. It
is always a good idea to put the radar in Standby mode before taxiing the
aircraft to prevent the antenna from bouncing on the bottom stop and
possibly causing damage to the radar assembly.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
GWX Radar Operation in Weather Mode
When the weather radar system is in the Weather or Ground Map mode, the
system automatically switches to Standby mode on landing.
Charts
Wpt Info
Tilt
Show Bearing
Map
Bearing
Trafﬁc
Turbulence
Detection (GWX 70)
GCS (GWX 70)
ACT (GWX 70)
Watch Shading
Weather Alert
Stabilize
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Mode
Off
Weather
Ground
Test
Scan
Horizontal
Vertical
Sector Scan
20
Services/
Music
Standby
40
60
90 (GWX 70)
Full
Gain
Utilities
Figure 12-57 Weather Radar Functional Diagram
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12-44
190-01007-03-Final.indb 44
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:12 PM
12.4.1
Viewing Weather on the Weather Radar Page
1. From the Home page, touch the Weather key on the Home
page and then touch the Radar key (if necessary).
Antenna
Stabilization
Orientation
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Bearing Line
Scan Line
Range Scale
Precipitation
Scale
Bearing Line
Display
Bearing Line
Adjustment
Tilt
Adjustment
Gain Calibration
Setting
Operating Mode
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Scan
Direction
Sector Scan
Selection
Map
Figure 12-58 Weather Radar Page (Horizontal Scan)
Trafﬁc
2. Touch the MODE key and then touch the function desired.
3. The color-coded precipitation scale is shown on the left side
of the display. A table describing the precipitation intensity
levels is in section 12.3.5.1.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Precipitation
Color Values
Utilities
System
GWX 68
GWX 70
Messages
Figure 12-59 Weather Radar Precipitation Scale
4. Touch the IN and OUT keys to select the desired range. Touch
the desired keys to set any required values as described below.
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 45
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-45
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:12 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
12.4.2
Conﬁguring Weather Radar Page
To conﬁgure the WX Radar page, the Radar Mode must be in Ground,
Weather, or Test mode. When one of these modes is selected, a warm-up
period is initiated (countdown is displayed on the screen). After the warm-up is
complete, the selected mode will be available.
1. While on the ground, touch MODE.
2. In the Weather Radar Mode window, touch STANDBY.
FPL
Direct-To
Touch the Desired Mode
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Figure 12-60 Weather Radar Mode Selection
Trafﬁc
3.
Terrain
Touch MODE and select Weather, Ground, or Test. A caution
window is displayed.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Figure 12-61 Caution for Radar Activation Conﬁrmation
4. Touch OK to acknowledge the selected mode will be activated.
System
If Weather or Ground is selected, a warm-up period is initiated
(countdown is displayed on the screen). After the warm-up is
complete, the radar begins transmitting.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12-46
190-01007-03-Final.indb 46
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:13 PM
12.4.3
Vertically Scanning a Storm Cell
Foreword
When vertically scanning with stabilization ON, the actual physical area
that the radar is sweeping may not match the vertical scan display. This occurs
whenever the aircraft pitch is not at 0 degrees. To compensate for this, the vertical
display will “erase” the portion of the vertical display that is no longer being
scanned. It will appear that the vertical sweep “wraps around” when reaching
the end of the GTN vertical display. The radar is simply “erasing” the portion of
the vertical display that is not currently being scanned.
NOTE: Vertical scanning of a storm cell should be done with the aircraft
wings level to avoid constant adjustment of the Bearing Line.
Antenna
Stabilization
Scan Line
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Tilt Line
Wpt Info
Precipitation
Scale
Map
Range Scale
Tilt
Adjustment
Gain Calibration
Setting
Operating Mode
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Scan
Direction
Show Tilt
Selection
Nearest
Figure 12-62 Weather Radar Page (Vertical Scan)
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 47
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-47
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:13 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
12.4.4
Adjusting the Antenna Tilt Angle
In order to make an accurate interpretation of a storm cell, the radar beam
should be pointed at the wet part of the weather cell to record the proper rainfall
intensity (color level). The ideal aiming point is just below the freezing level of
the storm. The best way to ﬁnd this point is to use the Vertical Scan feature. The
antenna tilt angle can be centered on the strongest return area in the vertical
scan to get a more accurate view of the coverage and intensity of the target in
the horizontal scan.
1. While viewing the WX Radar page touch the TILT key. An
adjustment window will be displayed.
Proc
Charts
Numeric Adjusted
Tilt Angle
Wpt Info
Touch To Adjust Tilt Angle
Map
Trafﬁc
Figure 12-63 Adjusting Tilt
Terrain
2. Touch the Up and Down Arrow keys to adjust the Tilt. The
range is DN 15° to UP 15°.
Weather
3. Touch Back to save the values and return to the Radar
display.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12-48
190-01007-03-Final.indb 48
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:13 PM
12.4.5
Adjusting the Bearing Line
Foreword
1. Touch the SHOW BRG key. This displays the Bearing Line in
Horizontal Scanning mode.
2. To adjust the Bearing Line, touch the BEARING key. An
adjustment window will be displayed.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Adjust Bearing
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Numeric Adjusted Bearing
Value And Direction
Proc
Figure 12-64 Bearing Line Adjustment
Charts
3. Touch the Gain Adjustment arrow keys to change the gain.
Wpt Info
4. Touch Back to save the values and return to the Radar
display.
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 49
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-49
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:13 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
12.4.6
Adjusting Gain
Gain is used to adjust the sensitivity of the radar receiver. It can be used to
adjust the characteristics of the returns from the surface.
WARNING: Changing the gain in weather mode will cause precipitation
intensity to be displayed as a color not representative of the true intensity.
Remember to return the gain setting to : “Calibrated” for viewing the
actual intensity of precipitation.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
1. While viewing the WX Radar page touch the GAIN key. The
Gain Adjustment Bar will be displayed.
FPL
Direct-To
Numeric Adjusted
Gain Value
Relative Adjusted
Gain Value
Touch to Return
to Calibrated Gain
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Touch To Adjust Gain
Map
Figure 12-65 Gain Adjustment
2. Touch the Gain Adjustment arrow keys to change the gain.
Trafﬁc
Terrain
3. Touch Back to save the values and return to the Radar display.
Weather
Nearest
Restore Calibrated Gain
Services/
Music
1. While viewing the WX Radar page touch GAIN to display the
Gain adjustment window.
Utilities
2. Touch the SET TO CALIBRATED key. This will restore the
calibrated gain.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12-50
190-01007-03-Final.indb 50
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:13 PM
12.4.7
Sector Scan
Foreword
Adjusting the Sector Scan reduces the scan angle from Full in increments of
±20°, ±40°, and ±60° in horizontal or vertical scanning.
1. While viewing the WX Radar page, touch Sector Scan to
display the Sector Scan Mode window.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Touch the
Desired Sector
Size
Proc
GWX 68
GWX 70
Charts
Figure 12-66 Sector Scan Mode
Wpt Info
2. Touch the desired mode. After selection, you are returned to
the Weather Radar Menu screen.
3. Touch Back again to return to the Weather Radar screen.
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Selected Sector
Scan Range
Weather
Nearest
Scan Line
Services/
Music
Utilities
Sector Scan
Selection Key
System
Messages
Figure 12-67 Selected Sector Scan Range
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 51
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-51
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:14 PM
Foreword
12.4.8
Weather Radar Menu
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Touch Menu to view the Weather Radar Menu.
Touch To Enable
Ground Clutter
Suppression
Touch To
Enable Altitude
Compensated Tilt
Touch To Enable
Turbulence
Detection
GWX 70
Direct-To
Touch To Enable
WATCH Shading
Proc
Touch To Enable
Weather Alerts
Touch To
Enable Antenna
Stabilization
Charts
GWX 68
Wpt Info
Figure 12-68 Weather Radar Menu Selections
Map
NOTE: Ground Clutter Suppression (GCS) and Turbulence Detection is
only supported for 12” or larger RADAR antennas. Turbulence Detection is
only supported out to a range of 40 NM and is disabled at display ranges
greater than 160 NM.
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12.4.8.1 Weather Attenuated Color Highlight (WATCH™)
While in horizontal scan mode, this feature can be used as a tool to determine
areas of possible inaccuracies in displayed intensity due to weakening of the
radar energy. This weakening is known as “attenuation.” The radar energy
weakens as it passes through areas of intense precipitation, large areas of lesser
precipitation, and distance. Issues with the radome will also attenuate the radar
energy. All these factors have an effect on the return intensity. The more energy
that dissipates, the lesser the displayed intensity of the return. Accuracy of the
displayed intensity of returns located in the shaded areas are suspect. Make
maneuvering decisions with this information in mind. Proper antenna tilt
management should still be employed to determine the extent of attenuation in
a shaded area.
1. While viewing the Weather Radar Menu, touch WATCH
Shading to toggle WATCH Shading.
12-52
190-01007-03-Final.indb 52
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:14 PM
2. To deactivate Watch Mode, repeat sequence.
Foreword
Watch Shaded
Area
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Figure 12-69 Horizontal Scan with WATCH
12.4.8.2 Weather Alert
The Weather Alert feature may be used to indicate the presence of heavy
precipitation beyond the currently displayed range and 80 to 320 NM from the
aircraft’s present position. Weather Alert targets appear as red bands along the
outer range ring at the approximate azimuth of the detected returns.
If a Weather Alert is detected within ±10° of the aircraft heading, a message
will be displayed in the Messages page. Touch the MSG key to view messages.
Weather Alerts
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 12-70 Weather Alert Display
If the antenna tilt is adjusted too low, a weather alert can be generated by
ground returns. To avoid this issue, set the display range to less than 80 NM in
the terminal area. Weather alerts can also be deactivated in the terminal area.
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 53
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-53
Symbols
Appendix
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:14 PM
Foreword
1. While viewing the Weather Radar Menu, touch Weather Alert
to toggle Weather Alerts.
Getting
Started
2. To deactivate Weather Alerts, repeat sequence.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
12.4.8.3
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Antenna Stabilization
1. While viewing the Weather Radar Menu, touch Stabilize to
toggle Antenna Stabilization.
2. To deactivate Antenna Stabilization, repeat sequence. The
current stabilization condition is shown in the top right of the
weather radar display.
12.4.8.4 Altitude Compensated Tilt (ACT) - GWX 70 only
Altitude Compensated Tilt (ACT) automatically adjusts the tilt to compensate
for altitude changes as you climb or descend.
1. While viewing the Weather Radar Menu, touch ACT to toggle
ACT.
2. To deactivate ACT, repeat sequence.
12.4.8.5 Turbulence Detection - GWX 70 only
Turbulence Detection activates a feature that detects and displays severe
turbulence. Turbulence Detection is inactive at ranges greater that 160 NM. If
Turbulence Detection is enabled and available, Turbulence Detection will be
reported as Inactive in any of the following conditions:
• Scan orientation is not Horizontal
• Scan range is greater than 160 NM
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
• Radar mode is not Weather
1. While viewing the Weather Radar Menu, touch Turbulence
Detection to toggle Turbulence Detection.
2. To deactivate Turbulence Detection, repeat sequence.
12.4.8.6 Ground Clutter Suppression (GCS) - GWX 70 only
Ground Clutter Suppression reduces the amount of returns as a result
of highly reﬂective objects on the ground, such as buildings or cities, while
maintaining the intensity and size of weather returns.
1. While viewing the Weather Radar Menu, touch GCS to toggle
Ground Clutter Suppression.
2. To deactivate Ground Clutter Suppression, repeat sequence.
12-54
190-01007-03-Final.indb 54
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:14 PM
12.5
Connext Weather
Connext Weather is an optional feature available with the Iridium® satellite
system that is interfaced through the optional Garmin GSR 56. Connext Weather
may be viewed in the Weather and Map functions. The Weather pages may
be oriented to either Track Up, Heading, or North Up. Both Connext and XM
Weather may be installed and selected individually. Connext Weather coverage
is available throughout most of Europe, Canada and the U.S. Additional radar
coverage areas are being added continuously.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
PRECIP
Lightning
IR Satellite
METAR
PIREP
Winds Aloft
Surface
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
3000 ft ... 45,000 ft
Terrain
SIGMET/AIRMET
Connext Settings
Coverage Region
Present Position
Destination
Flight Plan
Distance
Waypoint
Waypoint Ident
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Data Request
Request Data
Auto Request
Cov Diameter
Datalink Status
Utilities
System
Messages
Orientation
Legend
Symbols
Figure 12-71 Connext Weather Functional Diagram
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 55
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
Appendix
12-55
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:14 PM
Foreword
More detail on Connext weather products and coverage can be found at:
http://ﬂy.garmin.com/ﬂy-garmin/gfds-weather/
Getting
Started
NOTE: A system can be conﬁgured for multiple weather products, but only
one may be selected for viewing in the Weather or map pages at a given
time.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
1. While viewing the Connext Weather page, press the MENU
key to display the Connext Weather Menu.
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Figure 12-72 Select Connext Weather
Map
2. Touch the desired key to access the settings. The settings will
affect the display on both the Weather and Map pages.
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12-56
190-01007-03-Final.indb 56
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:15 PM
12.5.1
Using Connext Satellite Weather Products
Foreword
When a weather product is active on the Weather Data Link Page or the
Navigation Map Page, the age of the data is displayed on the screen. The age of
the product is based on the time difference between when the data was assembled
on the ground and the current GPS time. Weather products are refreshed at
selectable intervals.
Weather products expire at intervals based on each product. When the data
expires, it is removed from the display. This ensures that the displayed data is
consistent with what is currently being broadcast by Connext Satellite Radio
services. If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed from the time the
data is received, the color of the product age displayed changes to yellow.
12.5.2
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Connext Weather Menu
The Connext Weather page is customized by selecting options from the
Connext Weather and the Connext Settings Menus. The Connext Weather Menu
options include choices for Weather Setup and displaying selected weather
products. The Connext Settings Menu makes settings for the Coverage Region
and Data Request frequency.
1. While viewing the Connext Weather page, touch the MENU
key to display the Connext Weather Menu. Touch the desired
keys to toggle the weather product.
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Figure 12-73 Connext Weather Menu
2. Touch the Connext Settings key to make detailed settings
for the Connext Weather display.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 57
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-57
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:15 PM
Foreword
12.5.3
Connext Settings
Getting
Started
Touch To
Manually
Request Data
Auto Request
Setting
Time To Next
Data Request
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Coverage Region
Settings
FPL
Datalink
Status
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Figure 12-74 Connext Settings Menu
12.5.3.1
Connext Data Request
It is necessary to request the downloading of weather products. Requests can
be sent manually or set to automatically update at a selected rate. The Connext
weather data may be updated at any time regardless of the automatic update
timing by selecting a Manual Request. When multiple requests are made, some
products are merged with the old data (SIGMETs/AIRMETs, TAFs, TFRs, and
METARs), but the old data of other products is discarded.
Trafﬁc
1. While viewing the Connext Settings Menu, touch the Request
Data key to manually request data.
Terrain
2. Touch the Auto Request key to set the Auto Request Period.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Touch To Select
Request Period
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 12-75 Select Auto Request Period
Appendix
Index
12-58
190-01007-03-Final.indb 58
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:15 PM
3. Touch the Cancel Request key to cancel a request in progress.
Getting
Started
Touch To Select
Request Period
Touch To
Cancel Request
Foreword
Time Remaining
Until Next Request
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Figure 12-76 Cancelling A Request
12.5.3.2
FPL
Connext Data Request Coverage Region
Direct-To
Present Position Data Request
Touch the Present Position key to request that weather
information will be shown around your present position.
Charts
Destination Connext Data Request
Touch the Destination key to request that weather information
will be shown around the destination waypoint in the ﬂight
plan.
Flight Plan Data Request
Touch the Flight Plan key to request that weather information
will be shown around the active ﬂight plan.
Flight Plan Distance Data Request
Touch the Distance key to request that weather information
will be shown for the selected distance along the active ﬂight
plan.
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Waypoint Connext Data Request
1.
Proc
Touch the Waypoint key to request that weather information
will be shown around the selected waypoint.
2. Select the waypoint and then press ENT.
Utilities
System
Messages
Diameter/Route Width Connext Data Request
After selecting a coverage option in the previous section, select
the desired Diameter and then press ENT.
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 59
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-59
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:15 PM
Foreword
12.5.3.3
Connext Weather Map Orientation
1. While viewing the Connext Weather Menu, touch the
Orientation key.
Getting
Started
2. Touch the orientation choices of North Up, Track Up, and
Heading Up and to accept the displayed value and return to
the Connext Weather Menu.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Touch To Select
Map Orientation
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Figure 12-77 Connext Weather Map Orientation
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
12-60
190-01007-03-Final.indb 60
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:16 PM
12.5.4
Register With Connext
It is necessary to register the GTN with Connext to utilize the weather
products.
1. Call Garmin Customer Service to create a Connext account.
Provide the GTN System ID and airframe info (model, tail
number, etc).
2. Customer Service will issue an access code to enter on the
Connext Registration page.
3. While viewing Connext Settings Menu, touch the Datalink
Status key.
Iridium
Signal Level
Current
Registration Info
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Phone and
Datalink Status
Map
Touch To
Register
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Figure 12-78 GSR 56 Status
4. Touch the Connext Registration key to display the Connext
Registration display.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Touch To
Register
Touch To Enter
Access Code
Utilities
System
Current
Registration Info
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Figure 12-79 Connext Registration Page
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 61
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-61
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:16 PM
5. Touch the Access Code key to enter the appropriate code and
then touch the Enter key.
Foreword
6. Touch the Register key to complete the process. The GTN will
contact the Connext servers using the GSR 56 transceiver. If
the access code and system ID are correct, it will download
and display the airframe info.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Deactivate Unit Registration With Connext
Registration of the GTN unit with Connext can be deactivated so that the unit
can no longer make requests to Connext. This does not cancel the subscription.
1. While viewing the Connext Registration display, touch
the Access Code ﬁeld and enter an invalid access code to
deactivate the Connext registration.
2. Any weather requests will now fail and the system will no
longer be linked to the Connext account.
12.5.5
Connext Weather Product Age
The weather product expiration time and the refresh rate are shown in the
following table. The refresh rate represents the interval at which Connext Satellites
broadcast new signals that may or may not contain new weather data. It does not
represent the rate at which weather data is updated or new content is received by
the Data Link Receiver. Weather data is refreshed at intervals that are deﬁned and
controlled by Connext and its data vendors.
Weather Product
Weather
PRECIP
Lightning
IR Satellite
SIGMETs / AIRMETs
METARs
Winds Aloft
Pilot Weather Report (PIREP)
(Blue - Regular, Yellow - Urgent)
Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR)
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
30
30
60
60
90
90
90
60
Table 12-6 Connext Weather Products and Aging Times
Appendix
Index
12-62
190-01007-03-Final.indb 62
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:16 PM
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link
weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by
the data link weather product may be signiﬁcantly older than the indicated
weather product age.
12.5.6
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
TFRs
Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs) provide detailed information for local
short term restrictions.
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Figure 12-80 Connext TFR Legend
1. Touch a TFR symbol on the Weather page to view details.
Charts
Wpt Info
TFR Detail
Map
Touch TFR Symbol
To View Details
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Figure 12-81 Connext TFR Detail
Utilities
2. Touch the Back key to return to the Weather display.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
190-01007-03 Rev. J
190-01007-03-Final.indb 63
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
12-63
Index
7/9/2015 2:08:16 PM
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
12.5.7
Precipitation (PRECIP) Data
Graphical data is overlaid on the map indicating the rainfall detected by
ground based radar for a speciﬁc area. The colors indicating increasing levels
of rainfall progresses from light green for light rainfall to red for heavy rainfall.
Review the Limitations section in the front of this guide for the limitations that
apply to the Connext data. Rainfall data is color coded as follows:
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Charts
Wpt Info
Map
Figure 12-82 Connext PRECIP Weather Map Display and Legend
Trafﬁc
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
The "No Coverage" color indicates that no data is available for that area, and
rainfall in that area is unknown.
When weather data is received, the airborne system will display that data for
20 minutes. If no new data has been received for a given area, the rainfall will
be removed after 20 minutes and the area will revert back to the "No Coverage"
color.
The Connext Weather Function is based on a ground-to-air data link and
requires that the appropriate ground systems are broadcasting weather data and
the aircraft is within reception range of the Ground Broadcast Transceiver (GBT).
12.5.7.1
Animating Precipitation Data
System
NOTE: Animated Precipitation functionality is available in software version
6.00 and later.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
When Precipitation Data is enabled for display and more than two
Precipitation images have been received by the GTN, the Precipitation display
can be animated on the Connext Weather page. As new Precipitation images are
12-64
190-01007-03-Final.indb 64
Garmin GTN 725/750 Pilot’s Guide
190-01007-03 Rev. J
7/9/2015 2:08:16 PM

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : Yes
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.0-c316 44.253921, Sun Oct 01 2006 17:14:39
Modify Date                     : 2015:11:12 13:57:23-06:00
Create Date                     : 2015:11:12 13:57:11-06:00
Metadata Date                   : 2015:11:12 13:57:23-06:00
Creator Tool                    : Adobe InDesign CS6 (Windows)
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : untitled
Document ID                     : uuid:dd90e1c7-7430-43b5-ba1f-16e51bcd7b1f
Instance ID                     : uuid:5c065e0b-083e-4c15-89d5-18bdf554a18c
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 8.1.0 (Windows)
Page Count                      : 219
Creator                         : Adobe InDesign CS6 (Windows)
Trapped                         : False

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Garmin 0163700 Spread Spectrum Digital Transmission 2402-2480 MHz User Manual

Garmin International Inc Spread Spectrum Digital Transmission 2402-2480 MHz

Contents

User Manual 2

FCC ID Filing: IPH-0163700

Navigation menu

Namespaces

Views

Navigation